Important information about this manual - Amazon S3Pull your vehicle off the road, push the “P” posi-tion switch, stop the hybrid system and if the key is inserted into key slot,

i

Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully toavoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they areused in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against anything which maycause injury to people if the warning is ignored.You are informed about what you must or must notdo in order to reduce the risk of injury to yourselfand others.

NOTICE

This is a warning against anything which maycause damage to the vehicle or its equipment if thewarning is ignored. You are informed about whatyou must or must not do in order to avoid or re-duce the risk of damage to your vehicle and itsequipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbol shownabove, it means: “Do not...”; “Do not dothis”; or “Do not let this happen”.

ii

Important information about your Toyota

Occupant restraint systems

Toyota encourages you and your family to take the timeto read Section 2−2 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. Interms of helping you understand how you can receivethe maximum benefit of the occupant restraint systemsthis vehicle provides, Section 2−2 of this Owner’s Manu-al is the most important section for you and your familyto read.

Section 2−2 describes the function and operation con-cerning seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child re-straint systems of this vehicle and some potential haz-ards you should be aware of. These systems work to-gether along with the overall structure of this vehicle inorder to provide occupant restraint in the event of acrash. The effect of each system is enhanced when it isused properly and together with other systems. Nosingle occupant restraint system can, by itself, provideyou or your family with the equal level of restraint whichthese systems can provide when used together. That iswhy it is important for you and your family to under-stand the purpose and proper use of each of thesesystems and how they relate to each other.

The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to helpreduce the possibility of death or serious injury in theevent of a collision. None of these systems, either indi-vidually or together, can ensure that there is no injury inthe event of collision. However, the more you knowabout these systems and how to use them properly, thegreater your chances become of surviving an accidentwithout death or serious injury.

Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupantsof the vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle shouldwear seat belts properly at all times. Children shouldalways be secured in child restraint systems that areappropriate for their age and size. SRS (SupplementalRestraint System) airbags are, as their names imply,designed to work with, and be supplemental to, seatbelts and are not substitutes for them. SRS airbags canbe very effective in reducing the risk of head and chestinjuries by preventing contact of the head and chest withinterior portions of the vehicle.

iii

In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploywith tremendous speed. The rapid deployment of theSRS airbags makes the SRS airbags themselves poten-tial sources of serious injury if an occupant is too closeto an airbag, or if an object or some part of his or herbody has been placed between the occupant and theairbag at the time of deployment. This is just one exam-ple of how the instructions in Section 2−2 of this Own-er’s Manual will help ensure proper use of the occupantrestraint systems, and increase the safety they can pro-vide to you and your family in the event of an accident.

Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Sec-tion 2−2 carefully and refer to them as needed duringyour time of ownership of this vehicle.

Event data recorder

Your vehicle has computers that monitor and controlcertain aspects of your vehicle. These computers assistin driving and maintaining optimal vehicle performance.Besides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there isa system to record data in a crash or a near car crashevent. This is called an Event Data Recorder (EDR).

The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. Ina crash or a near car crash event, this device recordssome or all of the following information:

! Engine speed

! Whether the brake pedal was applied or not

! Vehicle speed

! To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed

! Position of the transmission selector lever

! Whether the driver and front passenger wore theseat belts or not

! Driver’s seat position

! Front passenger’s occupant classification

iv

! SRS airbag deployment data

! SRS airbag system diagnostic data

The information above is intended to be used for thepurpose of improving vehicle safety performance. Unlikegeneral data recorders, the EDR does not record sounddata such as conversation between passengers.

Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR toa third party except when:

! An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leas-ing company for a leased vehicle) is obtained

! Officially requested by the police or other authorities

! Used as a defence for Toyota in a law suit

! Ordered by the court

However, if necessary Toyota will:

! Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safetyperformance

! Disclose the data to a third party for research pur-poses without disclosing details of the vehicle own-er, and only when it is deemed necessary

! Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identifi-cation information to a non−Toyota organization forresearch purposes

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyotalimited warranties:

! New vehicle warranty

! Emission control systems warranty

! Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’sWarranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Sup-plement”.

Your responsibility for maintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure the speci-fied maintenance is performed. Section 7 gives details ofthese maintenance requirements. Also included in Sec-tion 7 is general maintenance. For scheduled mainte-nance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Main-tenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

v

Important health and safety information about your Toyota

CAUTION! WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-

ents, and a wide variety of automobile compo-nents contain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer and birth de-fects and other reproductive harm. In addition,oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as wellas waste produced by component wear contain oremit chemicals known to the State of Californiato cause cancer and birth defects or other repro-ductive harm.

! Battery posts, terminals and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds. Wash yourhands after handling. Used engine oil containschemicals that have caused cancer in laboratoryanimals. Always protect your skin by washingthoroughly with soap and water.

Accessories, spare parts andmodification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accesso-ries for Toyota vehicles are currently available in themarket. You should know that Toyota does not warrantthese products and is not responsible for their perfor-mance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage theymay cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, yourToyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuineToyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyotaproducts could affect its performance, safety or durabili-ty, and may even violate governmental regulations. Inaddition, damage or performance problems resulting fromthe modification may not be covered under warranty.

vi

Spark ignition system of your Toyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all re-quirements of the Canadian Interference−Causing Equip-ment Standard.

Installation of a mobiletwo−way radio system

As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system inyour vehicle could affect electronic systems such asmultiport fuel injection system / sequential multiport fuelinjection system, cruise control system, anti−lock brakesystem, vehicle stability control system, SRS airbag sys-tem, seat belt pretensioner system and Toyota hybridsystem, be sure to check with your Toyota dealer forprecautionary measures or special instructions regardinginstallation.

Tires and loading on your Toyota

Underinflated or overinflated tire inflation pressureand the excess load may result in the deteriorationof steering ability and braking ability, leading to anaccident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodi-cally and be sure to keep the load limits given inthis Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflationpressure and load limits, see page 291 and pages228.

vii

Scrapping of your ToyotaThe SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices inyour Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle isscrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as theyare, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure tohave the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-sioner removed and disposed of by the qualified serviceshop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of yourvehicle.

CAUTION

When your vehicle or battery needs to be dis-posed of, be sure to consult your Toyota dealer.Hybrid vehicle batteries must be collectedthrough Toyota dealers. If your vehicle is dis-posed of without dismantling, someone couldreceive an electric shock by touching the highvoltage parts of the hybrid vehicle battery. If thebattery is not disposed of properly, its contentscan cause death or serious injury.

Hybrid vehicle battery

The hybrid vehicle battery has a limited service life. Callyour Toyota dealer for information about recycling ordisposal of hybrid vehicle battery and your vehicle.

viii

CAUTION

Precautions for useof hybrid vehicle

The vehicle has both high voltage DC and AC systems aswell as a 12−volt system. DC and AC high voltage are bothvery dangerous and can cause death or serious injury, se-vere burns and electric shock.

! In order to avoid personal injuries, do not touchthe high voltage cables (orange colored) and theirconnectors.

! Follow the caution labels attached to the high volt-age parts.

! Do not remove or replace the high voltage partssuch as the inverter unit (located in the enginecompartment), hybrid vehicle battery (located be-hind rear seat), etc.

! Do not touch the service plug located in the leftside trim of the luggage compartment without hy-brid system technical training. (See “Precautionsfor use” on page 14 in Section 1−2.) This compo-nent is provided to disable the high voltage sys-tem in case of servicing at a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

If an accident occurs

! Pull your vehicle off the road, push the “P” posi-tion switch, stop the hybrid system and if the keyis inserted into key slot, remove it.

! In order to avoid personal injuries, do not touchany high voltage wirings and their connectors, andhigh voltage parts (inverter unit, hybrid vehiclebattery, etc.).

! If some exposed electric wires are protruding in-side or outside of your vehicle, an electric shockmay occur. Never touch the electric wires.

! If fluid leaks or gets in some parts of the vehicle,never touch it because it may be electrolyte(strong alkali) from the hybrid vehicle battery. If itgets into your skin or eyes, wash off immediatelywith a large amount of water, if possible, boricacid solution, and get immediate medical attentionin order to help avoid serious injury.

! If a vehicle fire occurs, extinguish it using a fireextinguisher for the exclusive use on electric fires.Or, use a large amount of water to prevent flam-mable gas from being generated from the batteries.

ix

! If your vehicle needs to be towed, do it with thefront wheels raised. For details on towing, see “Ifyour vehicle needs to be towed” on page 258 inSection 5.

CAUTION

High Voltage

Your vehicle is equipped with cables connected toparts of the vehicle subject to high voltage (about500 V at maximum). There are some other parts thatreach high temperatures while you drive. Nevertouch battery cables (wrapped in orange−colored har-nesses) or their connectors since they are underhigh voltage and dangerous. Caution labels are ap-plied to these parts to identify them. Carefully ob-serve the instructions on these caution labels.

00p001

Publication No. OM47509UPart No. 01999-47509Printed in Japan 01−0409−00

U−7

( U)

Quick index

! If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 117. . .

! If your vehicle will not start 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

! If your vehicle overheats 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

! If you have a flat tire 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

! If your vehicle needs to be towed 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

! Tips for driving during break-in period 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

! How to start the hybrid system 234. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

! General maintenance 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station informationFuel type:

UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91)or higher.

See page 204 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity: 45 L (11.9 gal., 9.9 lmp.gal.)See page 206 for detailed information.

Engine oil: API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oilis recommended.

See page 287 for detailed information.

Tire information: See pages 291 through 298.

Tire inflation pressure: See page 315.

C

1

FEATURES ON NEW TOYOTA VEHICLEOverview of instruments and controls Instrument panel overvieww 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument cluster and multi−information display overview 5. . . . . . . . Indicator symbols on the instrument panel and multi−informationdisplay 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 1

2

Instrument panel overview

1. Side vents 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. Side defroster outlets

3. Instrument cluster 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. Center vents 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5. Glove boxes 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6. Power door lock switches 39. . . . . . . . .

7. Power window switches 42. . . . . . . . . . .

8. Auxiliary boxes 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9. Cup holders 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10. Tilt steering lock release lever 96. . . . .

11. Hood lock release lever 44. . . . . . . . . . .

12. Parking brake pedal 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13. Power rear view mirror control switch 97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14. Window lock switch 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11p003d

3

1. Headlight and turn signal switches 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. Wiper and washer switches 109. . . . . . .

3. “POWER” switch 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. Clock 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5. Multi−information display or navigation system including multi−information display (For the navigation system, see the separate “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.) 146. . . . . . . .

6. Emergency flasher switch 106. . . . . . . . .

7. Trip meter reset button 115. . . . . . . . . . .

8. Km/h or MPH button 116. . . . . . . . . . . . .

9. Audio system 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10. Power outlet 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11. “P” position switch 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12. Electronic shift lever(R, N, D, B) 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13. Key slot 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14. Cruise control switch 142. . . . . . . . . . . . .

15. Smart entry and start system cancel switch 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16. Climate remote control switches 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11p001h

4

17. Instrument panel light control dial 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18. Audio remote control switches 173. . . .

5

1. Service reminder indicators and indicator lights 117, 124. . . . . . . . . .

2. Fuel gauge 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. Speedometer

4. Odometer and trip meter 115. . . . . . . . .

Instrument cluster and multi−information display overview

11p002i

6

Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster and Multi−information display

orand

Brake system warning lights∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Low fuel level indicator light∗1

Open door warning light∗1

Master warning light∗1

Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

Engine oil replacement reminder light∗1

(for vehicles sold in U.S.A.)

Vehicle stability control system warning light∗1

Discharge warning light∗2

High coolant temperature warning light∗2

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗2

Hybrid vehicle battery warning light∗2

Electric power steering system warning light∗2

or

(U.S.A)

(Canada)

7

Hybrid vehicle immobilizer / Theft deterrent sys-tem indicator light

Tail light indicator light

Shift position indicator light∗4

Driving ready light

Automatic air conditioner indicator light

Recirculate mode indicator light

Smart entry and start system warning light∗5

Windshield air flow indicator light

Slip indicator light

Rear window and outside rear view mirror defog-gers indicator light

Low temperature indicator light

Headlight high beam indicator light

Headlight indicator light

Turn signal indicator lights

∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers— —Instrument cluster” on page 117.

∗2: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers— —Multi−information display” on page 124.

∗3: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 142.∗4: For details, see “Hybrid transaxle” on page 136.∗5: For details, see “Smart entry and start system” on page 24.

Cruise control indicator light∗3

Hybrid system warning light∗2

Automatic head light leveling systemwarning light∗2

8

9

FEATURES ON NEW TOYOTA VEHICLEToyota hybrid system Toyota hybrid systemm 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toyota hybrid system operating condition 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting your vehicle 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For efficient use of your vehicle 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Precautions for use 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 2

10

Toyota hybrid system combines a gaso-line engine and electric motor power toimprove the fuel economy and minimizethe emissions as well as to providebetter power performance than the ordi-nary gasoline−powered vehicles.

Depending on the driving condition, thevehicle runs on the best combination of;

! Gasoline engine power

! Electric motor power generated bythe gasoline engine

! Electric motor power of the hybridvehicle battery

Furthermore, the energy is efficiently usedin the following ways:

! When stopping the vehicle, the gaso-line engine is automatically stopped.

! When applying the brakes or decelerat-ing, electricity is converted from theturning force of the wheels and storedin the hybrid vehicle battery. (This iscalled regenerative brake.)

Since the battery is charged by thegasoline engine as needed, it does notrequire charging from an outsidesource like an electric vehicle.

If you do not use the vehicle for along time (2 weeks or more), the hy-brid vehicle battery and auxiliary batterywill discharge and their condition is li-able to decline. Therefore, in order tomake up for discharging, charge themonce in every 2 weeks for about 30minutes by starting the hybrid systemwith all electrical components turned off.

Basic operations are described below. Be-sides, Toyota hybrid system performs vari-ous controls depending on the operatingcondition: The “Energy Monitor” screentells you which power is used currently.

Toyota hybrid systemToyota hybrid systemoperating condition

11

12p016c

Electric powerin use

When starting or backing up, etc., thevehicle runs on electric power from hybridvehicle battery, because the gasoline en-gine efficiency is low.

12p017c

Gasoline powerin use

During normal driving, the vehicle runsmainly on gasoline power. However, theelectric motor, using electric power gener-ated by the gasoline engine, can supple-ment the gasoline engine power.

The vehicle controls the optimum ratio ofthe gasoline and electric power to helpuse energy more efficiently.

12p018c

Electric and gasolinepower in use

When driving at full throttle, additionalelectric power is applied from the hybridvehicle battery. Vehicle performance impro-ves.

12

12p019c

Storing electric power

When decreasing speed or applying thebrakes, the turning force of the wheelsmakes the electric motor operate as agenerator and additional electricity isstored in the hybrid vehicle battery (regen-erative brake).

12p020c

Not in use

When stopping, the gasoline engine auto-matically shuts off.

12p030b

Charging hybrid vehicle battery

When the hybrid vehicle battery power isinsufficient, the gasoline engine chargesthe hybrid vehicle battery. The system al-ways supplies electricity at a constant lev-el.

13

Your vehicle is equipped with push but-ton start system. The hybrid systemwill start automatically by pressing the“POWER” switch briefly with the brakepedal depressed.

With smart function

1. Carry the key with you.

2. Press the “POWER” switch briefly withthe brake pedal depressed.

Without smart function

1. Insert the key.

2. Press the “POWER” switch briefly withthe brake pedal depressed.

The “READY” light flashes and stays on.Two beeps sound after a few seconds,and the hybrid system will start. (If theambient temperature is low such as duringwinter, it may take time until the “READY”light comes on.) You cannot start yourvehicle when the brake pedal is not de-pressed. (For details, see “How to startthe hybrid system—” on page 234.)

The engine may not start even with the“READY” light on.

Drive your vehicle with a smooth accel-eration and deceleration.

! While driving, energy is recoveredthrough the regenerative brake as thevehicle decelerates. However, for moreefficient use, do not accelerate or de-celerate your vehicle more than neces-sary.

! Avoid abrupt acceleration and decelera-tion.

! The remaining capacity of the hybridvehicle battery can be confirmed onthe energy monitor screen of the multi−information display. See “Information”on page 150 for details. Gradual ornon−abrupt acceleration or decelerationwill more effectively use the benefits ofan electric motor without having to usegasoline engine power.

When parking, be sure to put the hy-brid transaxle in “P”. While driving, usethe hybrid transaxle in “D”.

! In “N”, the gasoline engine operatesbut electricity cannot be generated. Thebattery will be discharged requiring un-necessary engine power to recharge.

! The hybrid system automatically re-charges the hybrid vehicle batterywhen the remaining battery power isreduced. However, the charging is notavailable if the hybrid transaxle is “N”.

Starting your vehicleFor efficient use of yourvehicle

14

INFORMATION:

The gasoline engine starts and stopsautomatically. (It stops during a lowload driving, deceleration or when thevehicle is stopped.)

If the “READY” light remains on, youcan start your vehicle using the electricmotor even with the gasoline enginestopped.

The gasoline engine may not stop auto-matically in the following conditions:

! During gasoline engine warm−up

! During hybrid vehicle battery charg-ing

! During low or high hybrid vehiclebattery temperature

The vehicle runs in combination withthe gasoline and electric power. Payspecial attention to the following items.

Be careful of high voltage and hightemperature.

Your vehicle is equipped with the orangecolored cables connected to the hybridvehicle battery (about 200 V) and to othercomponents that are all high voltage.

CAUTION

Do not touch or come in contact withorange cables or battery terminals.Electric shock may cause serious in-jury or death. Read all caution labels.

An electric motor, coolant radiator andsome other parts reach high temperaturewhile driving. Caution labels are applied tothese parts. Carefully observe the instruc-tions on these caution labels.

CAUTION

Never remove or disassemble anyhigh voltage part, high voltage cables(orange color) and their connectors.It may cause death or serious injury.

12p007d

Inverter unit

Hybrid vehicle battery

Serviceplug

High volt-age cables

Air conditioning compressor

High voltage cables

Do not touch the service plug.

The service plug is installed in the leftside trim of the luggage compartment. Itis provided to disable high voltage currentfrom the hybrid vehicle battery when thevehicle is in need of repairs at yourToyota dealer.

CAUTION

! The shaded parts in the illustrationare subjected to high voltage.

! Inappropriate handling may causean electric shock resulting in seri-ous injury or death. Never touchany item in shaded area.

Precautions for use

15

These high voltage parts or cablesconsisting of an electromagneticshielding structure produce relativelythe same amount of electromagneticwaves as conventional gasoline−fueled vehicles or home electric ap-pliances.

As unwanted noise may occur in thereception of mobile radios, contactyour Toyota dealer for installation orremoval.

Always keep your hybrid vehicle’s driv-ing characteristics in mind.

CAUTION

The driver should pay full attentionaround the vehicle especially when itis driven only by the electric motor(with the gasoline engine stopped).People in the immediate area mightmisjudge the hybrid vehicle move-ment based on the absence of theregular engine noise.

! As the vehicle runs with both the gaso-line engine and electric motor, you mayhear a motor sound coming from theengine compartment.

! When the hybrid system is started orstopped, you may hear a sound comingfrom the hybrid vehicle battery in theluggage compartment. However, thisdoes not indicate any trouble.

! If the “READY” light is on, you canstart even though the gasoline enginemay be off.

! When you shift the shift lever to “B”and release it to its original positionand your foot from the accelerator ped-al, engine braking will be applied. How-ever, during high speed driving youmay feel that deceleration by enginebraking is less than that of ordinaryvehicle.

Be sure to put the hybrid transaxle in“P” when parking.

In “N”, the hybrid vehicle battery assemblyis not charged, even if the gasoline en-gine is operating. You cannot run yourvehicle if the hybrid transaxle is left in “N”for a long time because the hybrid vehiclebattery assembly will be discharged.

When you leave your vehicle, apply theparking brake to put the hybrid trans-axle in “P” and be sure to carry thekey with you and lock all the doors.

If you leave the hybrid system in “ACC”or “IG−ON”, the hybrid system may notstart because the auxiliary battery will bedischarged.

CAUTION

! When you leave your vehicle, besure to shut off the hybrid system.

! Be sure to put the hybrid transaxlein “P” because the vehicle can startwith the “READY” light on and theengine stopped (no engine soundand vibration). When the “READY”light is on, if you leave your ve-hicle in shift position other than“P” and “N”, the vehicle will creepand start abruptly with the accelera-tor pedal being depressed by mis-take. This may cause death or seri-ous injury.

16

12p008d

When the multi−information displayshows this message, the master warn-ing light ( ) comes on in the instru-ment cluster. Read the message andfollow the instruction.

! When you leave your vehicle, or stopor park for a while, put the hybridtransaxle in “P”.

! Charging is necessary. In “N”, chargingwill not be applied. The electric genera-tor operates in “P”, “D” or “B”. If youcontinue driving, put the hybrid trans-axle in “D” or “B” and depress theaccelerator pedal. Do not leave the hy-brid transaxle in “N”. When driving intraffic jam, operate in “D”.

12P009c

Do not allow anyone to lean against theside of the rear right seatback, nor putany luggage or other obstructions on it.

! An air vent is provided on the side ofthe rear right seatback to cool the hy-brid vehicle battery. If this vent is cov-ered, the hybrid vehicle battery willoverheat resulting in a reduction of theoutput performance of the hybrid sys-tem.

! The seat belt not properly set in theguide on the top of the rear seat mayblock the air vent. Be sure to pass theseat belt through the guide properly.

! Do not wet or put foreign objects overthe air vent. Otherwise, the hybrid ve-hicle battery may be adversely affectedand be damaged.

! You may hear a cooling fan noise fromthe air vent.

For vehicle repairs or maintenance, besure to consult your Toyota dealer.

If your vehicle is beyond repair becauseof accident or something, be sure toconsult your Toyota dealer.

As sealed Nickel−Metal hydride batteriesare used, be sure to consult your Toyotadealer when disposing of your vehicle.

17

CAUTION

If you are involved in an accident,follow these precautions.

! Move the vehicle to a safe placeand perform the followings to re-duce the risk of high voltage elec-tricity leakage.! Depress the brake pedal and apply

the parking brake.

! Press the “P” position switch andstop the hybrid system.

! If the key is inserted into key slot,remove it.

! If your vehicle has experienced ma-jor damage, you may get an electricshock. To prevent this, never touchthe high voltage parts (hybrid ve-hicle battery assembly, etc.) orcables (orange color) connectingthese parts. If some exposed elec-tric wires are protruding inside oroutside of the vehicle, an electricshock may also occur. Never touchthem.

! If the fluid leaks or gets in somepart of the vehicle, never touch itbecause it may be electrolyte(strong alkali) from the hybrid ve-hicle battery. If it gets on your skinor eyes, wash off immediately witha large amount of water, if possible,with boric acid solution, and getimmediate medical attention in or-der to help avoid serious injury.

! If a vehicle fire occurs, extinguishit using a fire extinguisher for theexclusive use on electric fires. Asa small amount of water may bedangerous, use a large amount ofwater, for example from a fire hy-drant, or wait for a fire−fightingteam arrival.

! If your vehicle needs to be towed,do it with the front wheels or allfour wheels raised. If the frontwheels are on the ground whentowing, the electric motor may con-tinue to generate electricity whichcould leak electricity. A fire couldoccur depending on the degree ofdamage. See “If your vehicle needsto be towed” on page 258.

18

19

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSKeys and DoorsKeys 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hybrid vehicle immobilizer system 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smart entry and start system 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wireless remote control 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back door 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft deterrent system 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank cap 47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 1

20

Keys

21p001a

1. Master keys with silver ornament (Ve-hicles equipped with smart entry andstart system)—These keys work in ev-ery lock. Your Toyota dealer will needone of them to make a new key witha built−in transponder chip. Before youuse these keys, be sure to read “Smartentry and start system” on page 24.

2. Master keys without silver ornament(Vehicles not equipped with smart entryand start system)—These keys work inevery lock. Your Toyota dealer willneed one of them to make a new keywith a built−in transponder chip.

3. Mechanical keys (attached to the mas-ter key)—These key work for the driv-er’s door only.

21P112

USING A MECHANICAL KEY

When you use the mechanical key in-cluded on the side of the key, slide thelock knob in the arrow direction and takeout the key as shown. To put the keyback, slide the lock knob in the arrowdirection and replace the key. Be sure toput the key back when not in use.

Since the doors can be locked without akey, you should always carry a sparemaster key in case you accidentally lockyour keys inside the vehicle.

NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans-ponder chip, observe the followingprecautions:

! Do not affix any material that cutsoff electromagnetic waves (such asa metal seal) on the key.

! Do not knock the key hard againstother objects.

! Do not leave the key exposed tohigh temperatures for a long period,such as on the dashboard or hoodunder direct sunlight.

! Do not put the key in water orwash it in an ultrasonic washer.

! Do not keep the key together withthe products emitting electromag-netic waves such as a cellularphone.

21

21p005a

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend writing down the key num-ber and storing it in a safe place.

21p113

DEACTIVATION USING THE SMARTFUNCTION

The hybrid vehicle immobilizer systemis a shift prevention system. When youenter the vehicle carrying a smart keyand press the “POWER” switch, theelectronic code in the key is automati-cally checked to determine whether itcorresponds to the registered ID codefor the vehicle. If the ID code is veri-fied, you can start the hybrid system.

21p007b

The system is automatically set when thehybrid system is off and driver’s door isopened. The indicator light will start flash-ing to show the system is set.

If any of the following indicator conditionsoccurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

! The indicator light stays on exceptwhen the theft deterrent system is set-ting or activating. (See “Theft deterrentsystem” on page 45.)

! The indicator light does not start flash-ing when the hybrid system is off anddriver’s door is opened.

! The indicator light flashes inconsistent-ly.

Hybrid vehicle immobilizersystem

22

Carrying a smart key and pressing the“POWER” switch automatically cancels thesystem, which enables the hybrid systemto start. The indicator light will go off.

For your Toyota dealer to make you anew key with built−in transponder chip,your dealer will need your key numberand master key. However, there is a limitto the number of additional keys yourToyota dealer can make for you.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-semble the hybrid vehicle immobilizersystem. If any unauthorized changesor modifications are made, proper op-eration of the system cannot be guar-anteed.

21p006a

DEACTIVATION USING THE KEY

The hybrid vehicle immobilizer systemis a theft prevention system. When youinsert the key in the key slot, the trans-ponder chip in the key transmits anelectronic code to the vehicle. The hy-brid system will start only when theelectronic code in the chip correspondsto the registered ID code for the ve-hicle.

21p007b

The system is automatically set when thekey is removed from the key slot. Theindicator light will start flashing to showthe system is set.

If any of the following indicator conditionsoccurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

! The indicator light stays on exceptwhen the theft deterrent system is set-ting or activating. (See “Theft deterrentsystem” on page 45.)

! The indicator light does not start flash-ing when the key is removed from thekey slot.

! The indicator light flashes inconsistent-ly.

23

Inserting the registered key in the key slotautomatically cancels the system, whichenables the hybrid system to start. Theindicator light will go off.

For your Toyota dealer to make you anew key with built−in transponder chip,your dealer will need your key numberand master key. However, there is a limitto the number of additional keys yourToyota dealer can make for you.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-semble the hybrid vehicle immobilizersystem. If any unauthorized changesor modifications are made, proper op-eration of the system cannot be guar-anteed.

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

FCC ID: MOZRI−24KTYMADE IN JAPAN

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

This device complies with RSS−210 ofindustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

24

21p120

1. Locking and unlocking2. Starting the hybrid system

By carrying a smart key, you can lockand unlock the doors and start the hy-brid system.

For locking the doors, see “Locking thedoors with smart function” on page 29.For unlocking the doors, see “Unlockingthe door(s) with smart function” on page30. For starting the hybrid system, see“Push button start system” on page 130.

If the smart key battery is discharged, thesmart function cannot be used. Use themechanical key attached to the smart keyby inserting it in the driver’s door keyholeto lock or unlock door. To start the hybridsystem, insert the smart key into the keyslot. In order to activate the smart func-tion, the battery should be replaced. Fordetails, see “—Replacing battery” on page37.

You can deactivate the smart function byusing the cancel switch. In this case, allthe smart function will be deactivated. Fordetails, see “Deactivating the smart func-tion” on page 33.

INFORMATION

" Be sure to take the smart key withyou.

" In the following cases, the smartfunction or wireless remote controlfeature may not operate properly. (Ifthis happens, use a mechanical keyto lock or unlock the driver’s doorand a smart key to start the hybridsystem.)

! When facilities issuing strongelectromagnetic waves such asTV towers, electric power sta-tions, broadcasting stations arenearby.

! When you are carrying a smartkey together with a mobile com-munications system such as atwo−way radio or cellular phone.

! When the smart key is in contactwith or covered by a metallic ob-ject.

! When another person is operatinga wireless remote control func-tion on another vehicle near yourvehicle.

Smart entry and start system

25

" If you do not drive your vehicle,store the smart key, keeping it atleast 5 m (16 ft.) away from the ve-hicle.

ALARMS AND WARNING LIGHT

Your vehicle is equipped with alarmsinside and outside, as well as warninglight in the instrument cluster, that re-mind you if there is a problem involv-ing the smart entry and start system.

This warning light will come on when the“IG−ON” mode is enabled and will go offafter a few seconds.

If an alarm sounds or the warning lightcomes on, be sure to check your ve-hicle and smart key.

(a) The hybrid system was not turnedoff and the transaxle was in a posi-tion other than “P”.

When the driver’s door is opened with thehybrid system in “ACC” or “IG−ON” andwith the transaxle in a position other than“P”.

Inside alarm: Beeps continuously

Multi−information display: Warning mes-sage

Alarms will be turned off by any of thefollowing operations:

! Closing the driver’s door

! Pressing the “P” position switch

! Turning on the hybrid system

! Turning off the hybrid system

26

(b) The smart key was brought outsidethe vehicle with the transaxle in aposition other than “P”.

When the driver’s door is opened orclosed with the hybrid system not to beturned off and with the transaxle in aposition other than “P”, it is determinedthat the smart key is not in the vehicle.

Inside alarm: Beeps continuously

Outside alarm: Beeps continuously

Warning light: On

Alarms will be turned off by any of thefollowing operations:

! Pressing the “P” position switch

! Bringing the smart key inside the ve-hicle

! Turning off the hybrid system

(c) The hybrid system was not turnedoff with the transaxle in “P”.

When the driver’s door is opened with thehybrid system in “ACC” and with thetransaxle in “P”.

Inside alarm: 3 Beeps

In the “IG−ON” mode, an alarm will notsound.

(d) The smart key was brought outsidethe vehicle.

When the driver’s door is opened orclosed with the hybrid system not to beturned off (and with the transaxle in “P”),it is determined that the smart key is notin the vehicle.

Inside alarm: One beep

Outside alarm: 3 beeps

Warning light: On

(e) Locking with smart function was at-tempted with the hybrid system notto be turned off.

When you attempt to lock all the doorsusing smart locking function with the hy-brid system not to be turned off and withthe transaxle in a position other than “P”.

Outside alarm: One beep (sounds for 2seconds.)

Warning light: On

At this time, the doors cannot belocked.

(f) The smart key was brought outsidethe vehicle.

When a door other than the driver’s dooris opened or closed with the hybrid sys-tem not to be turned off, it is determinedthat the smart key is not in the vehicle.


Outside alarm: 3 beeps

Warning light: On

27

(g) Preventing the key from beinglocked inside the vehicle

When you close the door with the hybridsystem off but with the smart key left inthe vehicle, and attempt to lock all thedoors using smart locking function, it isdetermined that the smart key is in thevehicle.

Outside alarm: One beep (sounds for 2seconds)

INFORMATION

! This function may not operate whenthe smart key is left on the instru-ment panel, luggage cover, floor orin the glove box.

! The function may operate if thesmart key is brought outside but itis very close to the door window ordoor handle.

(h) Low smart key battery

When the hybrid system is turned to“ACC” or “OFF” about 20 minutes afterthe hybrid system is turned on or to “IG−ON”, it is determined that the smart keybattery voltage is low.


(i) Outside of effective range

When the “POWER” switch is pressed, itis determined that the smart key is not inthe vehicle.


Warning light: On (for 5 seconds)

(j) Open door warning

When you attempt to lock all the doorsusing smart locking function with the hy-brid system turned off but with any dooropen.

Outside alarm: One beep (sounds for 10seconds)

Alarms will be turned off by either ofthe following operations:

! Closing all the doors

! Pressing the unlock button on thesmart key

28

Warning and its meaning

Inside warning alarm Outside warning alarm Warning light Causes

One beep (sounds continuously) — — The driver’s door was opened when the hybrid system was in “ACC”

or “IG−ON” and when the transaxle was in a position other than “P”.

One beep (sounds continuously)

One beep (sounds continuously) On

The driver brought out the smart key from the vehicle with the hybridsystem not to be turned off and with the transaxle in a position otherthan “P”.

Beeps(sound intermittently) — — The driver’s door was opened when the hybrid system was in “ACC”

and when the transaxle was in “P”.

One beep 3 beeps On The driver brought out the smart key from the vehicle with the hybridsystem not to be turned off and with the transaxle in “P”.

— One beep(sounds for 2 seconds) On The lock switch was pressed with the hybrid system not to be turned

off and with the transaxle in “P”.

One beep 3 beeps On The passenger brought out the smart key from the vehicle with thehybrid system not to be turned off.

— One beep(sounds for 2 seconds) — The lock switch was pressed when the hybrid system was off but with

the smart key left in the vehicle.

One beep — — The key battery voltage become about 2 V. (3 V for normal operation)

One beep — On(for 5 seconds)

The “POWER” switch was pressed when the smart key was not in theeffective range of the system.

— One beep(sounds for 10 seconds) — The lock switch was pressed when the hybrid system was off but any

door was opened.

29

21p128

Side door

21p139

Back door

LOCKING THE DOORS WITH SMARTFUNCTION

The smart entry and start system willlock the doors without being insertedinto the door keyhole.

When you exit the vehicle carrying thesmart key and push the lock button on theoutside front door handle or back doorwith all the doors closed, all the doors willbe locked provided that the electroniccode in the key corresponds to the regis-tered ID code for the vehicle.

At this time, you will hear one beep andthe turn signal lights flash once. However,when you push the lock button on theoutside front door handle or back doorwith any door not closed securely, a beepsounds for 10 seconds.

NOTICE

If the key is in the vehicle, do notperform door locking operation, oryou might lock your keys inside thevehicle.

INFORMATION

" The rear doors are not equippedwith smart function.

" When locking the doors, be sure topush the lock button on the outsidefront door handle or back doorslowly and surely. If you push thebutton quickly, the doors may notlock.

" When opening or closing a door, donot touch the lock button on theoutside door handle or back door. Ifyou push the button, an alarmsounds 10 seconds.

" When a wireless remote control isused to lock the doors and a smartkey is left in the effective range ofthe smart function in the vehicle,the doors cannot be unlocked usingthe smart function. In this case, usethe wireless remote function to un-lock the doors.

" You cannot activate smart unlockingfunctions within 3 seconds after thesmart locking function is activated.

30

21p136

UNLOCKING THE DOOR(S) WITHSMART FUNCTION

The smart entry and start system canbe used to unlock the door(s) withoutbeing inserted into the door keyhole.

When you get close to your vehicle (about1 m (3 ft.) from each outside front doorhandle), and are carrying the smart key,the electronic code emitted from the keyis automatically checked to determine if itcorresponds to the registered ID code forthe vehicle. When you take hold of theside back of the outside door handle sur-face, it will unlock. At this time, twobeeps sound and the turn signal lightsflash twice.

When you push and hold down the backdoor opener switch, carrying the smartkey, the ID code is checked in the sameway as in the front door case. And all thedoors will unlock. At this time, two beepssound and the turn signal lights flashtwice.

When you get close to your vehicle (about1 m or 3 ft. from either front door), carry-ing the smart key or unlock the back doorusing smart key function, the interior lightcomes on for 15 seconds if the interiorlight switch is in the “DOOR” position.However, the interior lights go out whenyou push the power door lock switch inthe lock position or press the “POWER”switch once or twice from the off settingto select the “ACC” or “IG−ON” modewithout depressing the brake pedal. Forfurther information, see “Interior lights” onpage 107.

You have 30 seconds to open a door afteroperating the smart unlocking function. Ifa door is not opened by then, all thedoors will be automatically locked again.

INFORMATION

" The rear doors are not equippedwith smart function.

" When unlocking the door(s), be sureto take hold of the back side of theoutside door handle firmly asshown in the illustration. Takinghold of the handle with a glovedhand might cause a delay in unlock-ing.

31

" When you take hold of the handleor push the back door opener tounlock the door(s), be sure to con-firm that the door(s) have been un-locked. If the two beeps and theturn signal lights flash twice, thedoors are unlocked. At this time,you can pull the outside door han-dle or push the back door opener toopen the door. If you quickly movecloser to the vehicle or pull the out-side door handle or push the backdoor opener quickly, the doorsmight not unlock. If you cannotopen the door by pulling the out-side door handle or pushing theback door at this time, push backthe outside door handle to the origi-nal position or release your handfrom the back door and then tryagain.

" If you bring the smart key veryclose to the outside door handle orthe back door opener, the doorsmight not lock.

" If another person who is not carry-ing a smart key takes hold of anoutside door handle or push theback door opener when you arewithin the effective range of thesmart function, the door(s) may notunlock.

" If a large amount of water is ap-plied to the outside door handle orthe back door during heavy rain ora car wash, and someone carrying asmart key is near the vehicle, thedoor(s) might be unlocked. However,if the outside front door handle isnot pulled out or back door openernot pushed, the doors will lock au-tomatically after about 30 seconds.

" To ensure the unlocking door(s),perform unlocking operation within3 seconds after getting close to thevehicle (about 1 m or 3 ft. from thefront doors or back door). If ittakes longer than that, unlockingfunction may not be enabled.

CHANGING THE DOORS TO BE UN-LOCKED

Each time you push the lock buttontogether with the panic button on thesmart key for about 5 seconds with thehybrid system off, the setting for doorunlocking will change as follows:

1. Driver’s door unlocking mode: If youperform smart unlocking operation onthe driver’s door, it will unlock. Per-forming unlocking operation on thefront passenger’s door or back doorwill unlock all the doors. When thesystem switches to this mode, onebeep sounds inside the vehicle and twobeeps sound three times.

2. All doors unlocking mode: Performingsmart unlocking operation on eitherfront door or back door will unlock allthe doors. When the system switchesto this mode, one beep sounds insidethe vehicle and two beeps sound twice.

3. Single door unlocking mode: Thedriver’s door or back door on whichyou perform smart unlocking operationwill unlock. However, performing un-locking operation on the front passen-ger’s door will unlock all the doors.When the system switches to thismode, one beep sounds inside the ve-hicle and two beeps sound once.

32

INFORMATION

! When changing the mode, be sureto push both lock and panic but-tons firmly, or panic alarm may beactivated.

! This operation will not change thewireless remote control unlockingfunction.

! In the single or driver’s door un-locking mode, if you get into thevehicle from the driver’s door carry-ing the smart key, all the smart un-locking controls activated by thesmart key will be stopped for secu-rity. If you get out of the vehiclefrom the driver’s door carrying thesmart key and get out of the effec-tive range of the smart function,unlocking control by the smart keywill be possible. However, unlockingcontrol may not be carried out for5 seconds after you get out fromthe vehicle. In this case, operateunlock control again after 5 sec-onds.

BATTERY POWER SAVING

When doors are locked, the smart entryand start system transmits electromagneticwaves to the outside of the vehicle atregular intervals. For this reason, the ve-hicle battery will be discharged if the ve-hicle is left for a long time. If the key isleft within the effective range of the smartfunction outside of the vehicle, the keyand the vehicle transmit electromagneticwaves periodically. If these conditions con-tinue for a long time, the battery in thekey and vehicle will be discharged.

To prevent the batteries from being dis-charged, the smart function is automatical-ly deactivated in the following conditions:

! If there is no response from the keyfor more than 14 days

! If the key is left within the effectiverange of the smart function outside ofthe vehicle for more than 10 minutes

To reactivate the smart function, performany of the following:

(a) Press the lock button on the outsidefront door handle or back door whilecarrying the smart key.

(b) Perform a wireless remote control op-eration.

(c) Insert and turn the mechanical key inthe keyhole of the driver’s door.

33

INFORMATION

" To maintain communication with thevehicle, smart keys use built−in bat-tery power. The battery service lifeis about 1 to 3 years on average. Ifbattery power becomes insufficient,replace the battery with a new one.

" The smart key continually receiveselectromagnetic waves, and if it re-ceives strong electromagnetic wavesover a period of time, the batterycan be drastically run down. There-fore, avoid storing smart keys nearany electrical appliances.

Here is a list of electrical ap-pliances which may have adverseeffects on the smart key perfor-mance: TVs, personal computers,cellular phone or cordless phonerecharger units, electric light standsand fluorescent desk lights

Note that you should always keepsuch electrical appliances at least 1m (3 ft.) away from the smart key.

21p138a

1. Smart function is on.2. Smart function is off.

DEACTIVATING THE SMART FUNCTION

The cancel switch for this function islocated at the bottom of the instrumentpanel on the driver side. When youpush the switch, the smart function willbe deactivated. Pushing the switchagain will reactivate the function.

When the smart function is deactivated,use a mechanical key or wireless remotecontrol function key to lock and unlock thedoors. To start the hybrid system, inserta smart key into the key slot.

If you do not intend to drive your vehiclefor a long time, push the cancel switch todeactivate the smart function.

INFORMATION

The smart function will be deactivatedin the following cases:

" The cancel switch is turned on.

" The smart key is inserted into thekey slot.

" The battery of the smart key is dis-charged.

34


FCC ID: MOZB31EGMADE IN JAPAN

FCC ID: MOZB31UGMADE IN JAPAN

FCC ID: MOZRO−2TY−1MADE IN JAPAN

FCC ID: PENASAT2MADE IN JAPAN



CAUTION





21p147

1. Lock switch

2. Indicator light

3. Unlock switch

4. Panic switch

The wireless remote control system isdesigned to lock or unlock all the sidedoors and back door, or activate thetheft deterrent system from a distancewithin approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of thevehicle.

When you operate any switch, push itslowly and securely. At this time, the indi-cator light flashes once.

Wireless remote control—

35

The wireless remote control key is anelectronic component. Observe the follow-ing instructions in order not to cause dam-age to the key.

! Do not leave the key in places wherethe temperature becomes high such ason the dashboard.

! Do not disassemble it.

! Avoid knocking it hard against otherobjects or dropping it.

! Avoid putting it in water.

If your vehicle is equipped with smartentry and start system, you can use upto 5 master keys for the same vehicle. Incase of the vehicle not equipped withsmart entry and start system, up to 4master keys are available. Contact yourToyota dealer for detailed information.

If the wireless remote control key doesnot actuate the doors or alarm or operatefrom a normal distance, or indicator lighton the key is dimmed or does not comeon:

! Check for closeness to a radio trans-mitter such as a radio station or anairport which can interfere with normaloperation of the key.

! The battery may have been consumed.Check the battery in the key. To re-place the battery, see “—Replacing bat-tery” on page 37.

If you lose your key, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible to avoid thepossibility of theft, or an accident. (See “Ifyou lose your keys” on page 261.)

21p013f

Locking operation

21p014f

Unlocking operation

—Locking and unlockingdoors

36

To lock and unlock all the doors, pushthe switches slowly and securely.

To lock: Push the lock switch. All the sidedoors and back door are locked simulta-neously. At this time, the turn signal lightswill flash once.

Check to see that the doors are securelylocked.

If any of the doors is not securely closedor if the key is in the key slot, lockingcannot be performed by the lock switch.At this time, a beep will sound for 10seconds on the vehicle with smart entryand smart system. However, if the key isin the key slot, a beep will not sound. Tostop the beep, close all the side doorsand back door securely or push the un-lock switch.

The buzzer can be disabled. For details,contact your Toyota dealer.

To unlock: Push the unlock switch once tounlock the driver’s door alone. Pushingthe switch twice within 3 seconds unlocksall the doors simultaneously. Each timethe unlock switch is pushed, the turn sig-nal lights will flash twice.

This double switch operation to unlock allthe side doors and back door can bechanged to a single switch operation. Fordetails, contact your Toyota dealer.

When the unlock switch is pressed theinterior light comes on. The light remainson for about 15 seconds unless any of thedoors is opened and then closed. (Forfurther information, see “Interior lights” onpage 107.)

You have 30 seconds to open a door afterusing the wireless remote unlock feature.If a door is not opened by then, all thedoors will be automatically locked again.

The timing for the automatic door lockfunction can be changed. For details, con-tact your Toyota dealer.

If the lock or unlock switch is keptpressed in, the locking or unlocking opera-tion is not repeated. Release the switchand then push it again.

The following adjustments can be made inthis system. For details, contact yourToyota dealer:

! Cancelling the wireless door locking orunlocking function

! Cancelling the flash of the turn signallights

21p015a

Pushing the panic switch for 1 secondblows the horn intermittently andflashes the headlights, tail lights andemergency flashers and turns on theinterior light.

The panic switch is used to deter vehicletheft when you witness anyone attemptingto break into or damage your vehicle.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stopthe alarm midway, do the follows:

! Push any switch on the key.

! Put the hybrid system in the “IG−ON”mode.

—Activating panic mode

37

The panic mode does not work in “IG−ON”mode.

The alarm function can be activated ordeactivated. For details, contact yourToyota dealer.


FCC ID: MOZB21TGMADE IN JAPAN

FCC ID: MOZB21RGMADE IN JAPAN



CAUTION





For replacement, use a CR2032 lithiumbattery or equivalent and a special screw-driver.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken thatsmall children do not swallow the re-moved battery or components.

NOTICE

! When replacing the battery, be care-ful not to lose the components.

! Replace only with the same orequivalent type recommended by aToyota dealer.

! Dispose of used batteries accordingto the local laws.

Replace the battery by following proce-dures.

—Replacing battery

38

21p016d

1. Remove the mechanical key and coverwith slide the lock knob in the arrowdirection.

21p017c

2. Remove the 4 screws to take out thelid of the module.

NOTICE

Do not bend the terminals.

3. Remove the discharged battery and putin a new battery with positive (+) sideup.

NOTICE

! Make sure the positive side andnegative side of the battery arefaced correctly.

! Do not replace the battery with wethands. Water may cause unexpectedrust.

! Do not touch or move any compo-nents inside the transmitter, or itmay interfere with proper operation.

! Be careful not to bend the electrodewhen inserting the battery and thatdust or oils do not adhere to thecase.

4. Install the lid with the 4 screws.

NOTICE

Take care not to damage or bend theO−ring when installing.

5. Replace the mechanical key and coverwith slide the lock knob.

After replacing the battery, check that thekey operates properly. If the key still doesnot operate properly, contact your Toyotadealer.

39

21p008a

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THE DRIV-ER’S DOOR WITH MECHANICAL KEY

Insert the mechanical key into the key-hole and turn it.

To lock: Turn the knob forward.To unlock: Turn the knob backward.

The alarm sounds when you unlock thedoor using a key with the theft deterrentsystem set. For details, see “Theft deter-rent system” on page 45.

21p009a

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH IN-SIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward.To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

The driver’s door can be opened by pull-ing the inside door handle even if the lockknob is depressed.

Closing the door with the lock knob in thelock position will also lock the door. Becareful not to lock your keys in the ve-hicle.

The driver’s door cannot be locked if youleave the key in the key slot.

21p010a

Driver’s side

21p011a

Front passenger’s side

Side doors

40

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch down on thefront side.To unlock: Push the switch down on therear side.

All the doors lock or unlock simultaneous-ly.

21p012b

REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS

Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”position as shown on the label.

When the child−protector is locked, youcannot open the rear door by the insidedoor handle. We recommend using thisfeature whenever small children are in thevehicle.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doorsare closed and locked, especiallywhen small children are in the ve-hicle. Along with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helpsprevent the driver and passengersfrom being thrown out from the ve-hicle in an accident. It also helps pre-vent the doors from being openedunintentionally.

41

12p032

To open the back door, push the backdoor opener and raise the back door.

If the back door opener does not operate,see “If you cannot operate back dooropener” on page 262.

12p033

When closing the back door, the insidehandle can be used to make the reacheasier.

See “Cargo and luggage” on page 228 forprecautions to observe when loading lug-gage.

To close the back door, lower it and pressdown on it. After closing the back door,try pulling it up to make sure it is secure-ly closed.

CAUTION

Keep the back door closed while driv-ing. This not only keeps the luggagefrom being thrown out, but also pre-vents exhaust gases from enteringthe vehicle.

If the auxiliary battery is disconnectedor run down, the back door will be auto-matically locked and the back door systemmay not work after you reconnect, replaceor recharge the auxiliary battery. In any ofthese cases, normalize the back door sys-tem by following procedure.

1. Unlock the back door with the remotecontrol key or power door lock switch.

2. Close the back door completely byhand.

If the back door system does not operateproperly after the above procedure, theremay be a problem in the system. Contactyour Toyota dealer.

Back door

42

21p019a

The windows can be operated with theswitch on each door.

The power windows work when the “IG−ON” mode is enabled.

Key off operation: If both front doors areclosed, they work for 45 seconds evenafter the hybrid system is stopped. Theystop working when either front door isopened.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves aslong as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

21p020b

Automatic operation: Push the switchcompletely down or pull it completely up,and then release it. The window will fullyopen or close. To stop the window part-way, lightly move the switch in the oppo-site direction and then release it.

Jam protection function: If somethinggets caught between the window and win-dow frame during automatic closing opera-tion or key off closing operation, the win-dow stops and opens halfway.

If the window receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

If the auxiliary battery is disconnectedor run down, the power window may notoperate automatically and the jam protec-tion function will not function correctly af-ter you reconnect, replace or recharge theauxiliary battery. In any of these cases,you should normalize the power window.

To normalize the power window:

1. Push down the power window switchand lower the window halfway.

2. Pull up the switch until the windowcloses and hold the switch for a sec-ond.

Make sure that the window opens andcloses automatically. If the power windowcannot be operated properly, have itchecked by your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

! Never try jamming any part of yourbody to activate the jam protectionfunction intentionally.

! The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the window is fullyclosed.

Power windows

43

21p021bWindow lockswitch

OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’ WINDOWS

Use the switch on each passenger’sdoor or the switches on the driver’sdoor that control each passengers’ win-dow.

The window moves as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the passengers’ windowscannot be operated.

21p022b21p022c

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, youmust do the following.

! Before you close the power win-dows, always make sure there isnobody around the power windows.You must also make sure theheads, hands and other parts of thebodies of all occupants are keptcompletely inside the vehicle. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in a closing window, itcould result in death or serious in-jury. When anyone closes the powerwindows, make sure that he or sheoperates the windows safely.

! When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerwindow switches without supervi-sion. Use the window lock switch toprevent them from making unex-pected use of the switches.

! Turn the hybrid system “OFF” andtake the key with you, when youleave your vehicle.

44

! Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the key still insertedor with the hybrid system otherthan “OFF”. Otherwise, he/shecould use the power windowswitches and get trapped in a win-dow. Unattended person (particular-ly a small child) can be involved ina serious accident.

21p026b

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. Thehood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hoodis closed and securely locked. Other-wise, the hood may open unexpected-ly while driving and an accident mayoccur.

21p027d

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up theauxiliary catch lever and lift thehood.

Hood

45

21p032e

3. Hold the hood open by inserting thesupport rod into the slot.

Before closing the hood, check to see thatyou have not forgotten any tools, rags,etc. and return the support rod to itsclip—this prevents rattles. Then lower thehood and make sure it locks into place.If necessary, press down gently on thefront edge to lock it.

CAUTION

After inserting the support rod intothe slot, make sure the rod supportsthe hood securely from falling downon to your head or body.

NOTICE

Be sure to return the support rod toits clip before closing the hood. Clos-ing the hood with the support rodinserted into the slot could cause thehood to bend.

Theft deterrent system

21p028a

To deter vehicle theft, the system isdesigned to sound an alarm if any ofthe doors or hood is forcibly unlockedor the battery terminal is reconnectedwhen the vehicle is locked.

The alarm blows the horn intermittentlyand flashes the headlights and tail lightsand other exterior lights.

This function can be deactivated or acti-vated. For details, contact your Toyotadealer.

46

21p007b

SETTING THE SYSTEM

When the key is inserted into the keyslot:

1. Remove the key.

In case of the smart entry and startsystem:

1. Stop the hybrid system and open thedriver’s door

The indicator light will start flashing. (See“Hybrid vehicle immobilizer system” onpage 21 for details.)

2. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle.

3. Close and lock all the doors and hood.

The indicator light will come on when allthe doors and hood are closed andlocked.

The system will automatically be set after30 seconds. When the system is set, theindicator light will start flashing again.

4. After making sure the indicator lightstarts flashing, you may leave the ve-hicle.

Never leave anyone in the vehicle whenyou set the system, because unlockingfrom the inside will activate the system.

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET

Activating the system

The system will sound the alarm underthe following conditions:

! If any of the doors is unlocked or ifthe hood is forcibly opened without themechanical key, wireless remote controltransmitter or smart function.

! If the battery terminal is disconnectedand then reconnected.

The indicator light will come on when thesystem is activated.

If any of the doors are unlocked withoutthe mechanical key, wireless remote con-trol transmitter or smart function and thekey is not in the key slot, all the doorswill be automatically locked again.

After 1 minute, the alarm will automaticallystop and the indicator light will startsflashing again.

Reactivating the alarm

Once set, the system automatically resetsthe alarm after the alarm stops.

The alarm will activate again under thesame circumstances described in“Activating the system”.

Stopping the alarm

The alarm will be stopped by the followingtwo ways:

! Turn the hybrid system to “IG−ON”.

! Unlock any of the doors with the me-chanical key, wireless remote controltransmitter or smart function.

If the auxiliary battery becomes dis-charged due to the vehicle being unusedfor a long time, etc., when the battery isrecharged or replaced, the system willsound the alarm. If this happens, immedi-ately stop the alarm.

47

CANCELLING THE SYSTEM

The system will be cancelled by theabove mentioned two ways.

If the tail lights come on for 2 seconds,the theft deterrent system has beenalarmed. Check to see if there is anyabnormality on your vehicle.

TESTING THE SYSTEM

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the system as described above.The doors should be locked with themechanical key, wireless remote controltransmitter or smart function. Be sureto wait until the indicator light goes offor starts flashing.

3. Unlock any door from the inside. Thesystem should activate the alarm.

4. Stop the alarm as described above.

5. Repeat this operation for the otherdoors and hood. When testing the backdoor, also check that the system isactivated when the auxiliary battery ter-minal is disconnected and then recon-nected. When testing the hood, releasethe lock with the hood lock releaselever and raise the hood.

If the system does not work properly,have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

21p117

This indicates that the fuel filler dooris on the left side of your vehicle.

21p030d

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull thelever up.

When refueling, turn off the hybridsystem.

Fuel tank cap

48

CAUTION

! Do not smoke, cause spark or allowopen flames when refueling. Thefumes are flammable.

! When opening the cap, do not re-move the cap quickly. In hot weath-er, fuel under pressure could causeinjury by spraying out the fillerneck if the cap is suddenly re-moved.

! Insert the fuel nozzle fully, or fuelmay splash out.

21p114

12

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turnthe cap counterclockwise by 90 de-grees (to the pressure point 1), andthen turn it a additional 30 degrees(to point 2). Pause slightly beforeremoving it.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swooshwhen the cap is opened.

21p115

3. The removed cap can be stored onthe back side of the fuel filler door.

Position the cap so that the hooks pointto the left and right, and set it in thereceptacle on the back side of the door.

When installing the cap, turn the capclockwise until you hear a click. Whenyou hear the click, the cap is fullyclosed.

If the cap is not tightened securely, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on.Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

49

CAUTION

! Make sure the cap is installed se-curely to prevent fuel spillage inthe event of an accident.

! Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tankcap for replacement. It is designedto regulate fuel tank pressure.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the cap, applyforce only in the turning direction tothe cap. Do not pull or pry it.

50

51

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOccupant restraint systemsSeats 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front seatss 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fold−down rear seat 56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head restraints 57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS driver and front passenger airbags 65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child restraint 79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 2

52

While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-hicle occupants should have the seatbackupright, sit well back in the seat and prop-erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

! Do not drive the vehicle unless theoccupants are properly seated. Donot allow any passengers to sit ontop of a folded−down seatback, orin the luggage compartment or car-go area. Persons not properlyseated and/or not properly re-strained by seat belts can be se-verely injured in the event of emer-gency braking or a collision.

! During driving, do not allow anypassengers to stand up or movearound between seats. Otherwise,severe injuries can occur in theevent of emergency braking or acollision.

Driver seat

CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys withconsiderable force, and can causedeath or serious injury especially ifthe driver is very close to the airbag.The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration “NHTSA” advises:

Since the risk zone for driver airbagis the first 50−75 mm (2−3 in.) ofinflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10in.) from your diver airbag providesyou with a clear margin of safety.This distance is measured from thecenter of the steering wheel to yourbreastbone. If you sit less than 250mm (10 in.) away now, you canchange your driving position in sever-al ways:

! Move your seat to the rear as faras you can while still reaching thepedals comfortably.

! Slightly recline the back of theseat. Although vehicle designs vary,many drivers can achieve the 250mm (10 in.) distance, even with thedriver seat all the way forward, sim-ply by reclining the back of theseat somewhat. If reclining the backof your seat makes it hard to seethe road, raise yourself by using afirm, non−slippery cushion, or raisethe seat if your vehicle has thatfeature.

! If your steering wheel is adjustable,tilt it downward. This points the air-bag toward your chest instead ofyour head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as rec-ommended by NHTSA above, whilestill maintaining control of the footpedals, steering wheel, and your viewof the instrument panel controls.

SeatsFront seats——Front seat precautions

53

Front passenger seat

CAUTION

The SRS front passenger airbag alsodeploys with considerable force, andcan cause death or serious injury es-pecially if the front passenger is veryclose to the airbag. The front passen-ger seat should be as far from theairbag as possible with the seatbackadjusted, so the front passenger sitsupright.

Front seats (with SRS side airbags)

CAUTION

The SRS side airbags are installed inthe driver and front passenger seats.Observe the following precautions.

! Do not lean against the front doorwhen the vehicle is in use, sincethe side airbag inflates with consid-erable speed and force. Otherwise,you may be killed or seriously in-jured.

! Do not use seat accessories whichcover the area where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

! Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats equippedwith side airbags. Such change mayprevent the side airbag system fromactivating correctly, disable the sys-tem or cause the side airbags toinflate accidentally, resulting indeath or serious injury.

CAUTION

! Do not adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving as the seat mayunexpectedly move and cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

! Be careful that the seat does nothit a passenger or luggage.

! After adjusting the seat position, re-lease the lever and try sliding theseat forward and backward to makesure it is locked in position.

! After adjusting the seatback, pushyour body back against the seat tomake sure the seat is locked inposition.

! Do not put objects under the seats.Otherwise, the objects may interferewith the seat−lock mechanism orunexpectedly push up the seat posi-tion adjusting lever and the seatmay suddenly move, causing thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

—Seat adjustment precautions

54

! While adjusting the seat, do not putyour hands under the seat or nearthe moving parts. Otherwise, yourhands or fingers may be caughtand injured.

22p001d

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Hold the center of the lever and pull itup. Then slide the seat to the desiredposition with slight body pressure andrelease the lever.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING LEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.Then lean back to the desired angleand release the lever.

CAUTION

Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat belts pro-vide maximum protection in a frontalor rear collision when the driver andthe front passenger are sitting upstraight and well back in the seats. Ifyou are reclined, the lap belt mayslide past your hips and apply re-straint forces directly to the abdomenor your neck may contact the shoul-der belt. In the event of a frontalcollision, the more the seat is re-clined, the greater the risk of deathor personal injury.

—Adjusting front seats

55

22p226

1. Remove the head restraint. Hold thecenter of the lever and pull it up.Then slide the seat further forwardthan the front−most lock position.

22p227

2. Pull the seatback angle adjusting le-ver to unlock and push down theseatback.

When returning the seatback upright, becareful not to make yourself hit by theseatback which will bound with consid-erable spring force.

After returning the seat to its originalposition, be certain to replace the headrestraint.

CAUTION

! Do not allow passengers to ride onthe flattened seat while driving; usethe seat in the normal position.

! After putting back the seat, trypushing the seat and seatback for-ward and rearward to make sure itis secured in place. Be certain toreplace head restraint.

—Flattening seatbacks

56

Lower the head restraints to the lowestposition. Push down the lock releasebutton and fold the seatback down.

Each seatback can be folded separately.

This will enlarge the luggage compartmentas far as the seatbacks. See “Cargo andluggage” on page 228 for precautionswhen loading luggage.

CAUTION

When only rear left seat is foldeddown, rear seat alone can be used.Never sit on the center seat becausethe rear center seat belt cannot befastened correctly when the rear leftseat is folded down.

22p203

BEFORE RETURNING REAR SEAT

Make sure the shoulder belt passthrough the guide when returning theseatback up.

If the shoulder belt on the rear right seatis off the guide, the air vent for coolingthe hybrid vehicle battery may be blockedby the belt. If the hybrid vehicle batterycannot be cooled, the output performanceis limited, reducing the driving perfor-mance.

Fold−down rear seat

57

CAUTION

When returning the seatback to theupright position, observe the follow-ing precautions in order to preventpersonal injury in a collision or sud-den stop:

! Make sure seatback is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on the top of the seatback.Failure to do so will prevent theseat belt from operating properly.

! Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackand are arranged in the properposition and are ready to use.

22p002b

Front

22p101b

Rear

For your safety and comfort, adjust thehead restraint before driving,

To raise: Pull it up.To lower: Push it down while pressing thelock release button.

Rear center head restraint—When an oc-cupant sits on the rear center seat, al-ways pull up the rear center head re-straint to the lock position.

The head restraint is most effective whenit is close to your head. Therefore, usinga cushion on the seatback is not recom-mended.

CAUTION

! Adjust the center of the head re-straint so that it is closest to thetop of your ears.

! After adjusting the head restraint,make sure it is locked in position.

! Do not drive with the head re-straints removed.

Head restraints

58

Toyota strongly urges that the driver andpassengers in the vehicle be properly re-strained at all times with the seat beltsprovided. Failure to do so could increasethe chance of injury and/or the severity ofinjury in accidents.

The seat belts provided for your vehicleare designed for people of adult size,large enough to properly wear them.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-propriate for the child until the child be-comes large enough to properly wear thevehicle’s seat belts. For details, see “Childrestraint” on page 79.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. According to accidentstatistics, the child is safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, theseat belts should be worn properly. If anaccident occurs and the seat belts are notworn properly, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the airbag may cause death orserious injury to the child.

Do not allow any children to stand up orkneel on either rear or front seats. Anunrestrained child could suffer serious in-jury or death during emergency braking ora collision. Also, do not let the child siton your lap. Holding a child in your armsdoes not provide sufficient restraint.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Ask your doctor forspecific recommendations. The lap beltshould be worn securely and as low aspossible over the hips and not on thewaist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-ry, first check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seatsproperly wearing their seat beltswhenever the vehicle is moving.Otherwise, they are much more likelyto suffer serious bodily injury ordeath in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

When using the seat belts, observethe following:

! Use the belt for only one person ata time. Do not use a single belt fortwo or more people—even children.

! Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat beltsprovide maximum protection in afrontal or rear collision when thedriver and the front passenger aresitting up straight and well back inthe seats. If you are reclined, thelap belt may slide past your hipsand apply restraint forces directlyto the abdomen or your neck maycontact the shoulder belt. In theevent of a frontal collision, themore the seat is reclined, the great-er the risk of death or personal in-jury.

Seat belts——Seat belt precautions

59

! Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. Take care thatthey do not get caught or pinchedin the seat or doors.

! Inspect the belt system periodically.Check for cuts, fraying, and looseparts. Damaged parts should be re-placed. Do not disassemble ormodify the system.

! Keep the belts clean and dry. Ifthey need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Neveruse bleach, dye or abrasive clean-ers, or allow them to come intocontact with the belt—they may se-verely weaken the belts. (See“Cleaning the interior” on page267.)

! Replace the belt assembly (includ-ing bolts) if it has been used in asevere impact. The entire assemblyshould be replaced even if damageis not obvious.

22p007Tab

Buckle

Adjust the seat as needed and sit upstraight and well back in the seat. Tofasten your belt, pull it out of the re-tractor and insert the tab into thebuckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjuststo your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during asudden stop or on impact. It also maylock if you lean forward too quickly. Aslow, easy motion will allow the belt toextend, and you can move around freely.

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-pletely extended and is then retractedeven slightly, the belt is locked in thatposition and cannot be extended. This fea-ture is used to hold the child restraintsystem securely. (For details, see “Childrestraint” on page 79.) To free the beltagain, fully retract the belt and then pullthe belt out once more.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of theretractor, firmly pull the belt and releaseit. You will then be able to smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

CAUTION

! After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

! Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

! If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from injury.

—Fastening front and rearseat belts

60

22p006a

Take up slack

Keep as low on hipsas possible

Too high

Adjust the position of the lap andshoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulderportion upward through the latch plate.

CAUTION

! Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could cause seri-ous injuries due to sliding underthe lap belt during a collision orother unintended event. Keep thelap belt positioned as low on hipsas possible.

! Do not place the shoulder belt un-der your arm.

22p005b

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulderanchor—

Adjust the shoulder anchor position toyour size.

To raise: Slide the anchor up.To lower: Push in the lock release buttonand slide the anchor down.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor islocked in position.

61

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofyour shoulder. The belt should bekept away from your neck, but notfalling off your shoulder. Failure todo so could reduce the amount ofprotection in an accident and causeserious injuries in a collision.

22p004a

To release the belt, press the bucklerelease button and allow the belt toretract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pullit out and check for kinks or twists. Thenmake sure it remains untwisted as it re-tracts.

—Seat belt extenderIf your seat belts cannot be fastened se-curely because they are not long enough,a personalized seat belt extender is avail-able from your Toyota dealer free ofcharge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer sothat the dealer can order the proper re-quired length for the extender. Bring theheaviest coat you expect to wear for prop-er measurement and selection of length.Additional ordering information is availableat your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,observe the following precautions.Failure to follow these instructionscould reduce the effectiveness of theseat belt restraint system in case ofan accident, increasing the chance ofpersonal injury.

! Remember that the extender pro-vided for you may not be safe whenused on a different vehicle, foranother person, or at a differentseating position than the one origi-nally intended.

62

22p205

! If the seat belt extender has beenconnected to the driver’s seat beltbuckle without wearing the seat beltwhen using the extender in thedriver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air-bag system will judge that the driv-er wears the seat belt even if notwearing it. In this case, the driver’sairbag may not activate correctly,causing death or serious injury inthe event of collision. Be sure towear the seat belt with the seat beltextender.

! Be sure to wear the seat belt with-out the seat belt extender if youcan fasten the seat belt without theextender.

! Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat beltextender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

22p008

To connect the extender to the seatbelt, insert the tab into the seat beltbuckle so that the “PRESS” signs onthe buckle release buttons of the ex-tender and the seat belt are both facingoutward as shown.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

When releasing the seat belt, press onthe buckle release button on the extender,not on the seat belt. This helps preventdamage to the vehicle interior and extend-er itself.

When not in use, remove the extenderand store in the vehicle for future use.

63

CAUTION

! After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt and the seat belt extend-er are not twisted.

! Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

! If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from injury.

22p009a

There are seat belt pretensioners forboth front seats. They are designed tobe activated in response to a severefrontal impact.

When the sensor detects a severe frontalimpact, the front seat belts are quicklydrawn back by the retractor so that thebelts snugly restrain the occupants.

The seat belt pretensioners are activatedeven with no passenger in the front seat.

The seat belt pretensioner and SRS air-bags may not operate together in all colli-sions.

22p011a

The seat belt pretensioner system con-sists mainly of the following componentsand their locations are shown in the il-lustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies

4. Airbag sensor assembly

The seat belt pretensioners are controlledby the airbag sensor assembly. The airbagsensor assembly consists of a safing sen-sor and airbag sensor.

—Seat belt pretensioners

64

When the seat belt pretensioners are acti-vated, an operating noise may be heardand a small amount of non−toxic gas maybe released. This does not indicate thata fire is occurring. This gas is normallyharmless.

Once the seat belt pretensioners havebeen activated, the seat belt retractorsremain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or openthe seat belt pretensioner assemblies,airbag sensor or surrounding area orwiring. Failure to follow these instruc-tions may prevent the seat belt pre-tensioners from activating correctly,cause sudden operation of the systemor disable the system, which couldresult in death or serious injury. Con-sult your Toyota dealer about any re-pair and modification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes can in-terfere with proper operation of theseat belt pretensioners in somecases.

! Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two−way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

! Repairs on or near the front seatbelt retractor assemblies

! Modification of the suspension sys-tem

! Modification of the front end struc-ture

! Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

! Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure or con-sole

22p010a

This indicator comes on when the “IG−ON” mode is enabled. It goes off afterabout 6 seconds. This means the seatbelt pretensioners are operating proper-ly.

The warning light system monitors the air-bag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-sors, curtain shield airbag sensors,driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seatbelt buckle switch, front passenger’s seatbelt buckle switch, seat belt pretensionerassemblies, warning light, interconnectingwiring and power sources. (For details,see “Service reminder indicators andwarning buzzers” on page 117.)

65

If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.

! The light does not come on when the“IG−ON” mode is enabled or remainson for more than 6 seconds.

! The light comes on while driving.

! If either front seat belt does not retractor can not be pulled out due to amalfunction or activation of the relevantseat belt pretensioner.

22p012a

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

! The front part of the vehicle (shadedin the illustration) was involved in anaccident that was not severe enough tocause the seat belt pretensioners tooperate.

! The seat belt pretensioner assembly orsurrounding area is scratched, cracked,or otherwise damaged.

22p013a

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) front airbags are designed to pro-vide further protection for the driverand front passenger in addition to theprimary safety protection provided bythe seat belts.

In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS front airbags work together withthe seat belts to help reduce injury byinflating. The SRS front airbags help re-duce injuries mainly to the driver’s or frontpassenger’s head or chest caused by hit-ting the vehicle interior.

The front passenger airbag is activatedeven with no passenger in the front seat.

Always wear your seat belt properly.

SRS driver and front passenger airbags

66

CAUTION

! The SRS front airbag system is de-signed only as a supplement to theprimary protection of the driver andfront passenger seat belt systems.The driver and front passenger canbe killed or seriously injured by theinflating airbags if they do not wearthe available seat belts properly.During sudden braking just beforea collision, an unrestrained driveror front passenger can move for-ward into direct contact with orclose proximity to the airbag whichmay then deploy during the colli-sion. To ensure maximum protectionin an accident, the driver and allpassengers in the vehicle mustwear their seat belts properly. Wear-ing a seat belt properly during anaccident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. For in-structions and precautions concern-ing the seat belt system, see “Seatbelts” on page 58.

! Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seat of the vehicle and proper-ly restrained. The rear seat is thesafest for infants and children. Forinstructions concerning the installa-tion of a child restraint system, see“Child restraint” on page 79.

The SRS front airbags are designed todeploy in severe (usually frontal) colli-sions where the magnitude and durationof the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle exceeds the designed thresholdlevel.

The SRS front airbags will deploy if theseverity of the impact is above the de-signed threshold level, comparable to anapproximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collisionwhen the vehicle has the impact straightinto a fixed barrier that does not move ordeform.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if the vehicle is involved in anunderride collision (e.g. a collision inwhich the front of the vehicle “underrides”,or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisionswhere the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle is very close to the designed thresh-old level, the SRS front airbags and theseat belt pretensioners may not activatetogether.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

67

22p015c

Collision from the side Vehicle rollover

Collision from the rear

The SRS front airbags are generally notdesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a side or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed frontal collision. But, whenever acollision of any type causes sufficientforward deceleration of the vehicle, de-ployment of the SRS front airbags mayoccur.

22p016cHitting a curb, edgeof pavement orhard surface

Falling into or jump-ing over a deep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS front airbags may also deployif a serious impact occurs to the under-side of your vehicle. Some examplesare shown in the illustration.

22p206

The SRS front airbag system consistsmainly of the following components andtheir locations are shown in the illustra-tion.

1. Front airbag sensors


3. Airbag module for front passenger (air-bag and inflator)

4. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch

5. Driver’s seat position sensor


7. Airbag module for driver (airbag andinflator)

68

The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

The front airbag sensors constantly moni-tor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.If an impact results in a forward decelera-tion beyond the designed threshold level,the system triggers the airbag inflators. Atthis time a chemical reaction in the inflat-ors very quickly fills the airbags with non−toxic gas to help restrain the froward mo-tion of the occupants. The front airbagsthen quickly deflate, so that there is noobstruction of the driver’s vision should itbe necessary to continue driving.

When the airbags inflate, they produce aloud noise and release some smoke andresidue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, primarily to the head and chest, itmay also cause other, less severe injuriesto the face, chest, arms and hands. Theseare usually in the nature of minor burnsor abrasions and swelling, but the force ofa deploying airbag can cause more seri-ous injuries, especially if an occupant’shands, arms, chest or head is in closeproximity to the airbag module at the timeof deployment. This is why it is importantfor the occupant to: avoid placing anyobject or part of the body between theoccupant and the airbag module; sitstraight and well back into the seat; wearthe available seat belt properly; and sit asfar as possible from the airbag module,while still maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hotfor several minutes after deployment, sodo not touch! The airbags inflate onlyonce. The windshield may be damaged byabsorbing some of the force of the inflat-ing airbag.

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who istoo close to the steering wheel ordashboard during airbag deploymentcan be killed or seriously injured.Toyota strongly recommends that:

! The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

! The front passenger sit as far backas possible from the dashboard.

! All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.

69

! If the seat belt extender has beenconnected to the driver’s seat beltbuckle without wearing the seat beltwhen using the extender in thedriver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air-bag system will judge that the driv-er wears the seat belt even if notwearing it. In this case, the driver’sairbag may not activate correctly,causing death or serious injury inthe event of collision. Be sure towear the seat belt with the seat beltextender.

For instructions and precautions con-cerning the seating position, see“—Front seat precautions” on page52.

22p020a

! Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean against the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use, since thefront passenger airbag could inflatewith considerable speed and force.Anyone who is up against, or veryclose to, an airbag when it inflates,can be killed or seriously injured.Sit up straight and well back in theseat, and always use your seat beltproperly.

22p021b

! Toyota strongly recommends thatall infants and children be placed inthe rear seat of the vehicle and beproperly restrained.

! Do not allow a child to stand up orkneel on the front passenger seat,since the front passenger airbagcould inflate with considerable speedand force. Otherwise, the child maybe killed or seriously injured.

! Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the rear seat. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” on page 79.

70

22p022c

! Do not put anything or any part ofyour body on or in front of thedashboard or steering wheel padthat houses the front airbag sys-tem. They might restrict inflation orcause death or serious injury asthey are projected rearward by theforce of the deploying airbags. Like-wise, the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

! Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components, such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover, dashboardnear the front passenger airbag,front passenger airbag cover, frontpassenger airbag or airbag sensorassembly. Doing so may prevent thefront airbag system from activatingcorrectly, cause sudden front air-bags activation of the system ordisable the system, which could re-sult in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepair and modification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes can in-terfere with proper operation of theSRS front airbag system in somecases.



! Modification of the front end struc-ture

! Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

! Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel or dashboard near the frontpassenger airbag

71

22p010a

This indicator comes on when the “IG−ON” mode is enabled. It goes off afterabout 6 seconds. This means the SRSfront airbags are operating properly.





22p023b


! The SRS front airbags have been in-flated.

! The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS front airbags to inflate.

! The pad section of the steering wheelor front passenger airbag cover(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

72

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

22p024b

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) side airbags and curtain shield air-bags are designed to provide furtherprotection for the driver, front passen-ger and rear outside passengers inaddition to the primary safety protec-tion provided by the seat belts.

In response to a severe side impact, theSRS side airbags and curtain shield air-bags work with the seat belts to helpreduce injury by inflating. The SRS sideairbags help reduce injuries mainly to thedriver’s or front passenger’s chest and theSRS curtain shield airbags help reduceinjuries mainly to the driver’s, front pas-senger’s or rear outside passenger’s head.

The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag on the passenger side are activatedeven with no passenger in the front seator rear seat.

The SRS curtain shield airbags may acti-vate even when the side airbags are notactivated.

Always wear your seat belt properly.

SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags

73

CAUTION

! The SRS side airbag and curtainshield airbag system is designedonly as a supplement to the prima-ry protection of the driver, frontpassenger and rear outside passen-ger seat belt systems. To ensuremaximum protection in an accident,the driver and all passengers in thevehicle must wear their seat beltsproperly. Wearing a seat belt prop-erly during an accident reduces thechances of death or serious injuryor being thrown out of the vehicle.For instructions and precautionsconcerning the seat belt system,see “Seat belts” on page 58.

! Do not allow anyone to lean his/herhead or any part of his/her bodyagainst the door or the area of theseat, front pillar, rear pillar or roofside rail from which the SRS sideairbag and curtain shield airbagdeploy even if he/she is a childseated in the child restraint system.It is dangerous if the SRS side air-bag and curtain shield airbag in-flate, and the impact of the deploy-ing airbag could cause death or se-rious injury to the occupant.

! Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seats of the vehicle and prop-erly restrained. The rear seats arethe safest for infants and children.For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraint sys-tem, see “Child restraint” on page79.

22p025a

The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system may not activate if thevehicle is subjected to a collision fromthe side at certain angles, or a collisionto the side of the vehicle body otherthan the passenger compartment asshown in the illustration.

The SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags are designed to inflate when thepassenger compartment area suffers a se-vere impact from the side.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

74

22p026cCollision from the rear

Collision from the front

Vehicle rollover

The SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags are not generally designed toinflate if the vehicle is involved in afront or rear collision, if it rolls over,or if it is involved in a low−speed sidecollision.

22p027a

The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system consists mainly of the fol-lowing components, and their locations areshown in the illustration.


2. Curtain shield airbag modules (airbag and inflator)

3. Side airbag modules (airbag and inflator)

4. Curtain shield airbag sensors

5. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors


The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system is controlled by the airbagsensor assembly. The airbag sensor as-sembly consists of a safing sensor andairbag sensor.

In a severe side impact, the side andcurtain shield airbag sensor and/or thecurtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) theside airbag inflators and/or the curtainshield airbag inflators. At this time achemical reaction in the inflators quicklyfills the airbags with non−toxic gas to helprestrain the lateral motion of the occu-pants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

75

Deployment of the airbags happen in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Front seats as well as parts of the frontand rear pillars, and roof side rail may behot for several minutes, but the airbagsthemselves will not be hot. The airbagsare designed to inflate only once.

CAUTION

SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags inflate with considerableforce. To reduce the possibility ofdeath or serious injury when they in-flate, the driver, front passenger andrear outside passengers must:

! Wear their seat belts properly.

! Remain properly seated with theirbacks upright and against the seatsat all times.

22p028c

! Do not allow anyone to lean againstthe door when the vehicle is in use,since the side airbag and curtainshield airbag could inflate with con-siderable speed and force. Other-wise, he/she may be killed or seri-ously injured. Special care shouldbe taken especially when you havea small child in the vehicle.

! Sit up straight and well back in theseat, distributing your weight even-ly in the seat. Do not apply exces-sive weight to the outer side of theseats with a side airbag, and to thefront pillar, rear pillar and roof siderail with a curtain shield airbag.

22p207

! Do not allow anyone to get his/herhead closer to the area where theside airbag and curtain shield air-bag inflate, since these airbagscould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

76

! Do not allow anyone to kneel onthe passenger seat, facing the pas-senger’s side door, since the sideairbag and curtain shield airbagcould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

22p210

! Do not allow anyone to get his/herhead or hands out of windowssince the curtain shield airbagscould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

22p029d

! Do not attach a cup holder or anyother device or object on or aroundthe door. When the side airbag in-flates, the cup holder or any otherdevice or object will be thrown withgreat force or the side airbag maynot activate correctly, resulting indeath or serious injury. Likewise,the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

77

22p221

! Do not attach a microphone or anyother device or object around thearea where the curtain shield airbagactivates such as on the windshieldglass, side door glass, front andrear pillars, roof side rail and assistgrips. When the curtain shield air-bag inflates, the microphone or oth-er device or object will be thrownaway with great force or the curtainshield airbag may not activate cor-rectly, resulting in death or seriousinjury.

! Do not hook a hanger, heavy orsharp pointed objects on the coathook. If the curtain shield airbaginflates, those items will be thrownaway with great force or the curtainshield airbag may not activate cor-rectly, resulting in death or seriousinjury. When you hang clothes,hang them on the coat hook direct-ly.

! Do not use seat accessories whichcover the parts where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

! Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats with sideairbags. Such changes may preventthe side airbag system from activat-ing correctly, disable the system orcause the side airbags to inflate ac-cidentally, resulting in death or seri-ous injury.

! Do not disassemble or repair thefront and rear pillars and roof siderails containing the curtain shieldairbags. Such changes may disablethe system or cause the curtainshield airbags to inflate accidental-ly, resulting in death or serious in-jury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepair and modification.

78

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system in some cases.



! Modification of the side structure ofthe passenger compartment

! Repairs made on or near the con-sole or front seat

22p010a

This indicator comes on when the “IG−ON” mode is enabled. It goes off afterabout 6 seconds. This means the SRSside airbags and curtain shield airbagsare operating properly.





79

22p030f


! Any of the SRS side airbags and cur-tain shield airbags have been inflated.

! The portion of the doors (shaded in theillustration) were involved in an acci-dent that was not severe enough tocause the SRS side airbags and cur-tain shield airbags to inflate.

! The surface of the seats with the sideairbag (shaded in the illustration) isscratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-aged.

! The portion of the front pillars, rearpillars or roof side rail garnishes (pad-ding) containing the curtain shield air-bags inside (shaded in the illustration)is scratched, cracked, or otherwisedamaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-propriate child restraint systems forchildren.

The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.and Canada now require the use of achild restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” onpage 58 for details.

CAUTION

! For effective protection in automo-bile accidents and sudden stops, achild must be properly restrained,using a seat belt or child restraintsystem depending on the age andsize of the child. Holding a child inyour arms is not a substitute for achild restraint system. In an acci-dent, the child can be crushedagainst the windshield, or betweenyou and the vehicle’s interior.

Child restraint——Child restraint precautions

80

! Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child,installed on the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, the childis safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

! Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat. In the event of an acci-dent, the force of the rapid inflationof the front passenger airbag cancause death or serious injury to thechild if the rear−facing child re-straint system is installed on thefront passenger seat.

! A forward−facing child restraintsystem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible, because the front pas-senger airbag could inflate withconsiderable speed and force.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured.

! On vehicles with side airbags andcurtain shield airbags, do not allowthe child to lean his/her head orany part of his/her body against thedoor or the area of the seat, frontor rear pillar or roof side rail fromwhich the side airbags or curtainshield airbags deploy even if thechild is seated in the child restraintsystem. It is dangerous if the sideairbag and curtain shield airbag in-flate, and the impact could causedeath or serious injury to the child.

! Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat beltextender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

! Make sure you have complied withall installation instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturerand that the system is properly se-cured. If it is not secured properly,it may cause death or serious inju-ry to the child in the event of asudden stop or accident.

81

A child restraint system for a smallchild or baby must itself be properlyrestrained on the seat with the lap por-tion of the lap/shoulder belt. You mustcarefully consult the manufacturer’s in-structions which accompany child re-straint system.

To provide proper restraint, use a childrestraint system following the manufactur-er’s instructions about the appropriate ageand size of the child for the child restraintsystem.

Install the child restraint system correctlyfollowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer. General directions are alsoprovided under the following instructions.

The child restraint system should beinstalled on the rear seat. According toaccident statistics, the child is safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat.

When not using the child restraint system,keep it secured with the seat belt or placeit somewhere other than the passengercompartment. This will prevent it from in-juring passengers in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

Child restraint systems are classified intothe following 3 types depending on thechild’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat(B) Convertible seat(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system followingthe instructions provided by its manufac-turer.

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-curing the top strap of a child restraintsystem.

For instructions about how to use the an-chor bracket, see “—Using top strap” onpage 91.

The child restraint lower anchorages ap-proved for your vehicle may also be used.See “—Installation with child restraint low-er anchorages” on page 93.

22p031b

(A) Infant seat

22p032b

(B) Convertible seat

—Child restraint system—Types of child restraintsystem

82

22p033b

(C) Booster seat

22p034b

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat must be used in rear−facing position only.

22p018b

CAUTION

! Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat. In the event of an acci-dent, the force of the rapid inflationof the front passenger airbag cancause death or serious injury to thechild if the rear−facing child re-straint system is installed on thefront passenger seat.

—Installation with 3−pointtype seat belt

83

22p045d

! Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear seat if it interfereswith the lock mechanism of thefront seats. Otherwise, the child orfront seat occupant(s) may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

! If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat.

22p037b

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

! After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.

! Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent yourchild from properly latching the taband buckle.

! If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from death or serious injury.Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-ately. Do not install the child re-straint system on the seat until theseat belt is fixed.

84

22p038b

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

22p039b

3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

22p040b

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

85

22p041c

4. To remove the infant seat, press thebuckle release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

22p042b

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat must be used in for-ward−facing or rear−facing position de-pending on the age and size of thechild. When installing, follow themanufacturer’s instruction about the ap-plicable age and size of the child aswell as directions for installing thechild restraint system.

22p043b

CAUTION

! Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat. In the event of and acci-dent, the force of the rapid inflationof the front passenger airbag cancause death or serious injury to thechild if the rear−facing child re-straint system is installed on thefront passenger seat.

86

22p044a

Move seatfully back

! A forward−facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible, because the front pas-senger airbag could inflate withconsiderable speed and force.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured.


22p036e


! If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat.

87

22p046b

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

CAUTION




22p047b

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

88

22p048b

3. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

22p049b

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

22p050b

4. To remove the convertible seat, pressthe buckle release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

89

22p051b

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat must be used in for-ward−facing position only.

22p052a

Move seatfully back

CAUTION

! A forward−facing child restraintsystem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible, because the front pas-senger airbag could inflate withconsiderable speed and force.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured.


90

22p053b

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Runthe lap and shoulder belt through oraround the booster seat and across thechild following the instructions providedby its manufacturer and insert the tabinto the buckle taking care not to twistthe belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” onpage 58 for details.

CAUTION

! Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s shoulder.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

! Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt positioned as lowon a child’s hips as possible.

! For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.




91

22p050b

2. To remove the booster seat, press thebuckle release button and allow thebelt to retract.

—Using a top strap

22p055a

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

22p056e

Anchor brackets

Symbol

Use the anchor brackets on the back ofthe rear seatback to attach the top strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for eachrear seating position.

This symbol indicates the location of theanchor brackets.

92

22p063b

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Remove the luggage cover (see“Luggage cover” on page 200.) andraise the head restraint to the upper-most lock position.

22p215

2. Open the cover of the anchor brack-et.

22p064d

3. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” onpage 79.

93

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

22p076e

The lower anchorages for the child re-straint system interfaced with theFMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2 specificationare installed in the rear seat.

The anchorages are installed in the clear-ance between the seat cushion and seat-back of both outside rear seats.

Child restraint system interfaced with theFMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specificationcan be fixed with these anchorages. Inthis case, it is not necessary to fix thechild restraint system with a seat belt onthe vehicle.

22p077g

Canada only

Type A

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages

94

22p078g

Canada only

Type B

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM INSTALLA-TION

1. Widen the gap between the seatcushion and seatback slightly andconfirm the position of the lower an-chorages below the symbol in theseatback.

2. Type A—Latch the hooks of lowerstraps onto the anchorages andtighten the lower straps.

Type B—Latch the buckles onto theanchorages.

For owners in Canada

The symbol on a child restraint systemindicates the presence of a lower connec-tor system.

If your child restraint system has a topstrap, it should be anchored. (For theinstallation of the top strap, see “—Usinga top strap” on page 91.)

For installation details, refer to the instruc-tion manual equipped with each product.

CAUTION

! When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, besure that there are no irregular ob-jects around the anchorages or thatthe seat belt is not caught.

! Push and pull the child restraintsystem in different directions to besure it is secure. Follow all theinstallation instructions provided byits manufacturer.


95

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSteering wheel and MirrorsTilt steering wheel 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirrorss 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti−glare inside rear view mirror 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror 99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vanity mirrors 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 3

96

22p058e

To change the steering wheel angle,hold the steering wheel, push down thelock release lever, tilt the steeringwheel to the desired angle and pushthe lever up to lock the steering wheelin position.

CAUTION

! Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. Doingso may cause the driver to mishan-dle the vehicle and an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

! After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down to makesure it is locked in position.

22p059a

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the side of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s sidebecause it is a convex mirror. Any objectseen in a convex mirror will look smallerand farther away than when seen in a flatmirror.

When you touch the rear window defoggerswitch, the heater panels in the outsiderear view mirrors will quickly clear themirror surface. (See “Rear window andoutside rear view mirror defoggers” onpage 110.)

Tilt steering wheel Outside rear view mirrors—

97

CAUTION

! Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle thevehicle and an accident may occurresulting in death or serious inju-ries.

! Since the mirror surfaces can gethot, keep your hands off them whenthe defogger switch is on.

22p138a

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPush the switch to “L” (left) or “R”(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirrorPush the switch in the desired direc-tion.

The mirrors can be adjusted when thehybrid system is in “ACC” or “IG−ON”.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de−icer to freethe mirror.

—Power rear view mirrorcontrol

98

—Folding rear view mirrors

22p066a

The rear view mirrors can be foldedbackward for parking in compact areas.

To fold the rear view mirror, push back-ward.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the mirrors foldedbackward. Both the driver and pas-senger side rear view mirrors mustbe extended and properly adjustedbefore driving.

22p061

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from headlights of thevehicle behind you during night driving,operate the lever on the lower edge ofthe mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

Anti−glare inside rear viewmirror

99

22p213

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

This mirror is equipped with auto anti−glare function. The function is designedto reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving.

When the hybrid system is in the “IG−ON”mode, the inside rear view mirror alwaysturns on in the automatic function mode.

The green indicator illuminates to showyou that the function is on.

In automatic function mode, if the mirrordetects light from the headlights of thevehicle behind you, the mirror surfacedarkens slightly to reduce the reflectedlight.

To turn off the automatic function, pushthe “"” switch.

To turn on the automatic function again,push the “ | ” switch.

Adjust it before driving so that the rearview is in the best condition.

When the inside air temperature is low, itmay take a little longer for the mirror todarken in response to the detection ofheadlights.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

22p214

To ensure correct functioning of ananti−glare mirror sensor located on theback side of the mirror, do not touchor cover the sensor with your finger ora piece of cloth, etc.

Auto anti−glare inside rearview mirror

100

22p098b

To use the vanity mirror, swing downthe sun visor and slide the cover.

22p223

To turn on the vanity light, slide theswitch.

The vanity light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—Turns the light on when you swingdown the sun visor. However, if the visorhas been slid out, the light may not comeon.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

Vanity mirrors

101

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSLights, Wipers and DefoggerHeadlights and turn signals 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency flasherss 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel light control 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog lights 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior lights 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personal lights 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage compartment light 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key slot light 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wipers and washer 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window wiper and washer 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers 110. . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 4

102

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

Position 3 (“AUTO”)—Headlights and/or allof the lights in position 1

They automatically turn on or off depend-ing on the darkness of the surroundings.*

Manually twist the knob to the position 2to turn on the headlights if they are need-ed immediately when entering a dark tun-nel, parking structure, etc.

NOTE: *The operating condition or sensi-tivity can be changed. Ask your Toyotadealer for details.

23p124_1

The automatic light control sensor is onthe top of the driver’s side instrumentpanel.

Do not place anything on the instrumentpanel, and/or do not affix anything on thewindshield to block this sensor.

Automatic light cut off system

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the hybridsystem off. To turn them on again, pressthe “POWER” switch twice from the offsetting to select the “IG−ON” mode with-out depressing the brake pedal or actuatethe headlight switch. If you are going topark for over one week, make sure theheadlight switch is off.

Headlights and turn signals(with automatic light control system)

103

When the headlight switch is turned to thefirst or second clickstop, the brightness ofthe instrument cluster will be reducedslightly unless the instrument panel lightcontrol dial is turned fully on.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the switch onlonger than necessary when the hy-brid system is not running.

Daytime running light system*

The headlights turn on at reduced intensi-ty when the parking brake is released withthe hybrid system started, even with thelight switch in the “OFF” position.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob tothe position 1.

To turn off the daytime running light sys-tem, twist the knob to the position 2 orposition 3 with the headlights on or turnthe ignition switch off.

*: Equipped on vehicles sold in Canada

23p109

High−Low beams—For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightseven with the knob turned to “OFF”.

23p110

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.

The hybrid system must be in the “IG−ON” mode.

The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

104

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs—” on page 304.

23p001c

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

Automatic light cut off system

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the hybridsystem off. To turn them on again, pressthe “POWER” switch twice from the offsetting to select the “IG−ON” mode with-out depressing the brake pedal or actuatethe headlight switch. If you are going topark for over one week, make sure theheadlight switch is off.


NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onlonger than necessary when the hy-brid system is not running.

Headlights and turn signals(without automatic light control system)

105

Daytime running light system*

The headlights turn on at reduced intensi-ty when the parking brake is released withthe hybrid system started, even with thelight switch in the “OFF” position.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob tothe position 1.

To turn off the daytime running light sys-tem, twist the knob to the position 2 withthe headlights on, or turn the hybrid sys-tem off.

*: Equipped on vehicles sold in Canada

23p003b

High−Low beams—For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightseven with the knob turned to “OFF”.

23p004b

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.


The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

106

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs—” on page 304.

23p005a

To turn on the emergency flashers,push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turnthem off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warnother drivers if your vehicle must bestopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-sible.

The turn signal light switch will not workwhen the emergency flashers are operat-ing.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onlonger than necessary when the hy-brid system is not running.

Emergency flashers

107

23p006d

To adjust the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights, turn the dial.


23p111

To turn on the fog lights, twist theband of the headlight switch lever tothe position of the fog light. The foglights come on only when the head-lights are on low beam.

The band automatically returns to the“OFF” position after you release it.

23p126

Front

Rear

Instrument panel light control Front fog lights Interior lights

108

To turn on the interior light, slide theswitch.

The interior light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when anydoor is opened. The light remains on for15 seconds when all the doors are closed.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

With the switch in the “DOOR” position,the light comes on when any of the doorsis opened or when you get close to thefront door, carrying the smart key. After allthe doors are closed, the light remains onfor about 15 seconds and then fades out.

However, in the following cases, the lightgoes off immediately.

! All the doors are closed when the hy-brid system is in “ACC” or “IG−ON”.

! All the doors are closed and locked.

When all the doors are unlocked, the lightcomes on for about 15 seconds and thenfades out, even if the door is not opened.

23P012c

To turn on the personal light, push theswitch. To turn it off, push the switchagain.

23p107

To turn on the luggage compartmentlight, push the switch upwards. To turnit off, push the switch downwards.

The light is located on the left side of theluggage compartment.

Even if you push the switch upwards, thelight turns off automatically when youclose the back door.

Personal lights Luggage compartment light

109

23p125

For easy access to the key slot, the keyslot light comes on while the interiorlight is on.

23p008c

To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Intermittent

Position 2 Slow

Position 3 Fast

For a single sweep of the windshield,push the lever up and release it.

Twist the interval adjuster upward toincrease the wiping time interval be-tween sweeps, and downward to de-crease it.

The wiper lever must be in the “INT” posi-tion.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you and release it.

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 304.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

Key slot lightWindshield wipers and washer

110

23p123

To turn on the rear window wiper, twistthe lever knob upward.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Low speed

Position 2 High speed

To squirt washer fluid on the rear window,twist the knob upward or downward as faras it will go (position 3 or 4). The knobautomatically returns from these positionsafter you release it.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 304.

NOTICE

Do not operate the rear wiper if therear window is dry. It may scratch theglass.

23p009c

To defog or defrost the rear window,push the “CLIMATE” button to displayair conditioner screen and touch theswitch.

Operating the steering switch can also de-fog or defrost the rear window. (See “Cli-mate remote control” on page 186.)


The thin heater wires on the inside of therear window will quickly clear the surface.An indicator will come on to indicate thedefogger is operating.

Touch the switch once again to turn thedefogger off.

Rear window wiper andwasher

Rear window and outside rearview mirror defoggers

111

The system will automatically shut off af-ter the defogger has operated about 15minutes.

CAUTION

Since the mirror surface can get hot,do not touch them when the switchis on.

Make sure you turn the defogger off whenthe window is clear. Leaving the defoggeron for a long time could cause the auxilia-ry battery to discharge. The defogger isnot designed for drying rain water or formelting snow.

If the outside rear view mirrors are heavi-ly coated with ice, use a spray de−icerbefore operating the switch.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

112

113

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSGauges, Meters and Service reminder indicatorsFuel gauge 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Odometer and two trip meterss 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Km/h or MPH button 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low temperature indicator light 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 5

114

24p001b

The gauge indicates the approximatequantity of fuel remaining in the tankwhen the “IG−ON” mode is enabled.

Nearly full–Indicator at “F”Nearly empty–Indicator at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over1/4 full.

When you refuel on a slope, the indicatormay not show the correct level.

When you refuel less than about 11.4 L(3.0 gal., 2.5 lmp.gal.), the fuel indicatormay not change.

After the auxiliary battery is reconnected,one segment will flash for a while.

Depending on the ambient temperature,the fuel quantity is less than 45 L (11.9gal., 9.9 lmp. gal.) even at “F”. However,this does not affect the fuel consumptionand the remaining fuel ratio indicated onthe gauge. (For details, see “Fuel” onpage 204.)

If the fuel gauge display flashes, theremay be a problem in the system. In thiscase, contact your Toyota dealer as soonas possible.

24p002b

Low fuel level indicator light

Blink

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the lowfuel level indicator light blinks, fill the fueltank as soon as possible.

Fuel gauge

115

24p109a

At the first blinking of the light, the masterwarning light in the instrument clustercomes on and the message appears onthe multi−information display to remind thedriver to fill fuel.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel levelindicator light may come on earlier thanusual.

24p004e

This meter displays the odometer andtwo trip meters.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two differentdistances independently driven sincethe last time each trip meter was setto zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculatethe fuel economy and the other tomeasure the distance on each trip. Alltrip meter data is cancelled if the elec-trical power source is disconnected.

3. Trip meter reset button—Resets thetwo trip meters to zero, and alsochange the meter display.

To change the meter display, quicklypush and release the button. The meterdisplay changes in the order from theodometer to trip meter A to trip meterB, then back to the odometer eachtime you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-play the meter A reading, then pushand hold the button until the meter isset to zero. The same process can beapplied for resetting the trip meter B.

Odometer and two trip meters

116

Km/h or MPH button

24p005c

You can switch the display betweenkm/h and MPH by pressing the button.

24p107

This light comes on when the outsidetemperature is less than +3!C (37!F).

When the “IG−ON” mode is turned on, thislight comes on and goes out after a fewseconds. If the outside temperature is lessthan +3!C (37!F) in the “IG−ON” mode,the light flashes three times and thenstays on.

If the outside temperature is higher than+3!C (37!F), the light flashes three timesand then goes out.

Low temperature indicatorlight

117

If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(a)

or

(red indicator and buzzer)If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(yellow indicator)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If red brake system warning light is also on, stop imme-diately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b)(indicator and buzzer)

Fasten driver’s seat belt.

(c) Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.

(d) or Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(e) See multi−information display.

(f) or Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If red brake system warning light is also on, stop imme-diately and contact Toyota dealer.

If any warning comes on, the hybrid system may not start by pushing the “POWER” switch. In that case, push it once again.

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

118

If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(g) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(h) Close all doors.

(i) Fill up tank.

(j) Replace engine oil

(k) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If red brake system warning light is also on, stop imme-diately and contact Toyota dealer.

(l) Key reminder buzzer Remove key.

(m) P position reminderbuzzer

Push the “P” position switch.

If any warning comes on, the hybrid system may not start by pushing the “POWER” switch. In that case, push it once again.

119

(a) Brake System Warning Lights andBuzzer

These lights come on in the followingcases when the “IG−ON” mode is enabled.

RED WARNING LIGHT

" When the parking brake is applied...

This light comes on when the “IG−ON”mode is enabled, even after the parkingbrake is released.

" When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue drivingnormally when the brake fluid level islow.

YELLOW WARNING LIGHT

" When the regenerative brake systemis fails...

RED OR YELLOW WARNING LIGHT

" When the hydraulic brake systemfails...

When the yellow warning light comes on,it is no problem to continue driving. How-ever, if the red warning light comes on,it indicates a serious problem and you cancontinue driving no longer.

Have your vehicle checked at yourToyota dealer in the following cases:

" The lights do not come on even if theparking brake is applied when the“READY” light is on.

" The lights do not come on even if the“POWER” switch is pressed with theparking brake released.

A red warning light turning on briefly dur-ing operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If any of the following conditions oc-curs, immediately stop your vehicle ata safe place and contact your Toyotadealer.

" The red warning light does not turnoff even after the parking brake isreleased while the hybrid system isrunning.

" The red warning light comes on orbuzzer sounds continuously.

In either case, this can indicate thatthe brakes may not work properly andyour stopping distance will becomelonger. Depress the brake pedal firmlyand bring the vehicle to an immediatestop.

" The brake system warning light re-mains on together with the “ABS”and “VSC” warning light.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system and vehicle stabilitycontrol system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

In the following case, drive directly tothe nearest Toyota dealer.

" The yellow warning light comes onwhile driving.

120

Any of the following conditions may oc-cur, but do not indicate the malfunc-tion:

" The yellow warning light may stay onfor about 60 seconds after “IG−ON”mode is enabled. It is normal if it turnsoff after a while.

" Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the red warning light andbuzzer. It is normal if the light turns offand the buzzer stops sounding after afew seconds.

" You may hear a small sound in theengine compartment after the hybridsystem is started or the brake pedal isdepressed repeatedly. This is a pumppulsating sound of the brake system,and it is not a malfunction.

" You may hear a motor sound in theengine compartment when the brakepedal is depressed with the hybrid sys-tem off.

" The brake pedal stroke may be shortwhen you press the “POWER” switchwith the brake pedal depressed.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Lightand Buzzer

The light and buzzer act as a reminder tobuckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the “IG−ON” mode is enabled, thereminder light flashes and the buzzersounds if the driver’s seat belt is not fas-tened. Unless the driver fastens the belt,the light continues flashing and the buzzersounds 4 to 8 seconds.

(c) Front Passenger’s Seat Belt Reminder Light

This light acts as a reminder to have thefront passenger buckle up the seat belt.

Once the “IG−ON” mode is enabled, thereminder light flashes if a passenger sitsin the front passenger seat and does notfasten the seat belt. Unless the front pas-senger fastens the belt, the light continuesflashing.

If luggage or other load is placed on thefront passenger seat, depending on itsweight and how it is placed on the seat,built−in sensors in the seat cushion maydetect the pressure, causing the reminderlight to flash.

(d) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the “IG−ON”mode is enabled and goes off after thehybrid system starts. This means thatthe warning light system is operatingproperly.

If the lamp remains on or the lampcomes on while driving, first check thefollowing:

" Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-ately.

This case is a temporary malfunction. Themalfunction indicator lamp will go off aftertaking several driving trips.

If the lamp does not go off even afterseveral trips, contact your Toyota deal-er as soon as possible.

" There is a problem somewhere in thehybrid system or warning light systemitself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

121

Emissions inspection and maintenance(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a state emis-sion inspection if the malfunction indicatorlamp remains on. Contact your Toyotadealer to check your vehicle’s emissioncontrol system and OBD (On−Board Diag-nostics) system before taking your vehiclefor the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions inspection andmaintenance (I/M) programs” on page 276.

(e) Master Warning Light ( )If the master warning light comes on, thewarning light for the faulty system is high-lighted or the message such as “Pleasepress “P” to engage Park.” and “The bat-teries will not be charged if the transaxleis in Neutral N.” appears on the multi−in-formation display. (See “Service reminderindicators and warning buzzers— —Multi−information display” on page 124 or “Pre-cautions for use” on page 14 or “Fuelgauge” on page 114 for instructions.)

(f) “ABS” Warning Light

The light comes on when the “IG−ON”mode is enabled. If the anti−lock brakesystem and the brake assist system workproperly, the light turns off after the“READY” light comes on. Thereafter if thesystem malfunctions, the light comes onagain.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operatebut the brake assist system still operates.In this case, the wheels could lock upduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces.

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the parts monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible soservice the vehicle.

" The light does not come on when the“IG−ON” mode is enabled, or the lightremains on after the “READY” lightcomes on.

" The light comes on while you are driv-ing.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the red brake systemwarning light, immediately stop yourvehicle at a safe place and contactyour Toyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

Either of the following conditions mayoccur, but does not indicate the mal-function:

" The light may stay on for about 60seconds after the hybrid system isstarted. It is normal if it turns off aftera while.

122

" Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal ifit turns off after a few seconds.

(g) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the “IG−ON” mode is enabled. After about 6seconds, the light will go off. Thismeans the system of the airbag andfront seat belt pretensioners are operat-ing properly.

The warning light system monitors the air-bag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-sors, curtain shield airbag sensors,driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seatbelt buckle switch, front passenger’s seatbelt buckle switch, seat belt pretensionerassemblies, warning light, interconnectingwiring and power sources.

If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction somewhere inthe parts monitored by the warning lightsystem. Contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible to service the vehicle.

" The light does not come on when the“IG−ON” mode is enabled or remainson for more than 6 seconds.

" The light comes on while driving.

(h) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the doorsare completely closed.

(i) Low Fuel Level Indicator Light

This light blinks when the fuel level in thetank becomes nearly empty. Fill up thetank as soon as possible.

At the first blinking of the light, the mes-sage appears on the display to remind thedriver to fill fuel.

Contact your Toyota dealer in the followingcase:

" All the segments blink.

(j) Engine Oil Replacement ReminderLight (for vehicles sold in U.S.A.)

This light acts as a reminder to replacethe engine oil.

This light will come on when the “IG−ON”mode is enabled, and will go off afterabout a few seconds.

When you drive for about 7200 km (4500miles) after engine oil replacement, thislight illuminates for about 3 seconds andthen flashes for about 12 seconds whenthe hybrid system is in the “IG−ON”mode. If you continue driving without en-gine oil replacement, and if the drivingrange exceeds 8000 km (5000 miles), thelight will come on after the “IG−ON” modeis enabled. The light will remain on there-after.

If the light is flashing, we recommend thatyou replace the engine oil at an earlyopportunity depending on the driving androad conditions. If the light comes on,replace the oil as soon as possible.

The system must be reset after the en-gine oil replacement. Reset the system bythe following procedure:

1. Press the “POWER” switch to the“OFF” mode with the odometer readingshown. (For details, see “Odometer andtwo trip meters” on page 115.)

2. Press the “POWER” switch twice toselect the “IG−ON” mode while holdingdown the trip meter reset button.

123

Hold down the button for at least 5 sec-onds. The odometer indicates “000000”and the light goes off.

If the system fails to reset, the light willremain flashing.

(k) “VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the vehicle stability controlsystem.

The light will come on when the “IG−ON”mode is enabled and will go off after the“READY” light comes on.

If the light comes on while driving, thesystem does not work. However, as con-ventional braking operates when applied,there is no problem to continue your driv-ing.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer:

" The warning light does not come onafter the “IG−ON” mode is enabled.

" The warning light remains on after the“READY” light comes on.

" The warning light comes on while youare driving.

CAUTION

If the “VSC” warning light remains ontogether with the red brake systemwarning light, immediately stop yourvehicle at a safe place and contactyour Toyota dealer.

In this case, not only the vehicle sta-bility control system will fail but alsothe vehicle will become extremely un-stable during braking.

(l) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer acts as a reminder to removethe key if you open the driver’s door whenthe hybrid system is off and the key isinserted into the key slot.

(m) Shift Position Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer will sound if the driver’s dooris opened while the hybrid transaxle is in“N”, “D” or “B”.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDER INDICA-TORS (except the low fuel level indica-tor light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the doors.The open door warning light shouldcome on.

3. Close the door.The open door warning light should gooff.

4. Press the “POWER” switch twice with-out pressing the brake pedal to selectthe “IG−ON” mode. At this time, all thebulbs are checked in self−diagnosismode.All the service reminder indicators ex-cept the open door warning light comeon. The yellow brake system, “ABS”and “VSC” warning lights go off aftera few seconds.

There may be the case that the yellowbrake system, “ABS” and “VSC” warninglights stay on for about 60 seconds afterthe “IG−ON” mode is enabled. It is normalif they go out after a while.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-ing buzzer does not function as describedabove, have it checked by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible.

124

24p006e

If an error occurs in the system, thewarning message and icon appear.

For details on the warning display andhow to remedy the system, see the de-scription on the following pages.

—Multi−information display

125

If the indicator comes on... Do this.

(a) Stop and check.

(b) Stop and check.

(c) Stop and check.

(d) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(e) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(f) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(g) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

126

(a) Discharge Warning Light

This light warns that the auxiliary batteryis being discharged.

If it comes on while you are driving, thereis a problem somewhere in the chargingsystem.

The hybrid system will continue to oper-ate, however, until the auxiliary battery isdischarged. Turn off the air conditioning,blower, radio, etc., and drive directly tothe nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

(b) Low Engine Oil Pressure WarningLight

This light warns that the engine oil pres-sure is too low.

If it stays on while you are driving, pulloff the road to a safe place and stop theengine immediately. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

The light may come on when the oil levelis extremely low. It is not designed toindicate low oil level, and the oil levelmust be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with thewarning light on—even for one block.It may ruin the engine.

(c) High Coolant Temperature Warning Light

The light operates to warn that the hybridsystem is almost overheating.

If it comes on while you are driving, stopthe vehicle and check your hybrid system.For detailed instructions, see “If your ve-hicle overheats” on page 246.

Your vehicle may overheat during severeoperating conditions, such as:

" Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

" Reducing speed or stopping after highspeed driving.

NOTICE

! Do not remove the thermostat inthe cooling system as this maycause the hybrid system to over-heat. The thermostat is designed tocontrol the flow of coolant to keepthe temperature of the hybrid sys-tem within the specified operatingrange.

! Continued driving with the light oncould result in the overheating ofhybrid system.

127

(d) Electric Power Steering SystemWarning Light

This light comes on when the powersteering control system fails.

CAUTION

If this light comes on, take your ve-hicle to the Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. In this case, you may feelthe heavy steering wheel maneuver-ing. Drive your vehicle while grippingthe steering wheel firmly.

(e) Hybrid System Warning Light ( )This light comes on if there is a problemin the electric motor, inverter unit, hybridvehicle battery, etc.

If this light is on, stop your vehicle in asafe place immediately and contact yourToyota dealer.

Even if the hybrid system warning lightcomes on, you can temporarily increasethe vehicle speed by depressing the ac-celerator pedal. Immediately pull up yourvehicle to a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

(f) Hybrid Vehicle Battery WarningLight

This light comes on in the followingcases.

a. The hybrid vehicle battery voltagedrops when the hybrid transaxle is left in“N” position.

The system works properly if you put thehybrid transaxle in “P” position and thelight goes off.

b. The hybrid vehicle battery is dis-charged.

If this light comes on with the “READY”light on in case of b., stop your vehiclein a safe place and contact your Toyotadealer.

(g) Automatic Headlight Leveling Sys-tem Warning Light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the automatic headlightleveling system.

If it comes on, have your vehicle checkedby your Toyota dealer,

128

129

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLS“POWER” switch, Transmission and Parking brakePush button start system 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hybrid transaxlee 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle stability control system 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 6

130

25p118

The push button start system is used tostart or stop the hybrid system and select“ACC”, “IG−ON” or “OFF” mode. (See“—Selecting the push button start systemmode” on page 132 and “How to start thehybrid system” on page 234.) The systemcontains the following components.

1. “POWER” switch

2. Key slot

3. Brake pedal

4. Electronic shift lever

21p006a

Your vehicle keys and the key slot aredifferent shapes from conventional ones.

Keep the following in mind when operatingthe key:

! When inserting the key, be sure topush it in all the way.

! When pulling out the key, be carefulbecause it will be pushed out by thespring and it might fly out.

! If the key cannot be pulled out, pushit in all the way again, then pull it out.

CAUTION

Do not put your finger into the keyslot. Your finger might be injured.

NOTICE

Observe the following instructions, orthe key mechanism might be damagedand will not work properly.

! The key should be operated with aclean hand and fingers.

! Do not insert the key forcibly.

! Do not insert any key other thangenuine formal keys into the keyslot.

! Do not pull out the key forciblywhen it cannot be removed.

! Do not put water, oil, foreign ob-jects, etc. into the key slot.

! Do not insert a wet, oily or dam-aged key into the key slot.

! Do not affix a sticker on the key.

! Do not insert the key in the wrongway.

Push button start system— —Key slot

131

! Do not pull out the key ring whenremoving the key out of the keyslot.

Should you find anything unusual,contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. 25p113

Press the “POWER” switch slowly andsurely. Quick operation may not activatethe desired mode.

CAUTION

! Do not press the switch while driv-ing, except in an emergency.

! In hot weather, the switch surfacemay get hot. Take care not to getburned.

NOTICE

Observe the following instructions orthe push switch start system may notwork properly.

! The switch should be operated witha clean finger. Do not use an oilyor dirty finger.

! Be careful not to spill water or oth-er liquid on the switch.

In the following conditions, contactyour Toyota dealer as soon as pos-sible.

! If the indicator on the switchflashes in amber, the system maybe malfunctioning. Once you turnthe power off, it may not turn onagain.

! If you find anything unusual in theswitch function, refrain from usingthe vehicle.

In the following condition, have yourvehicle inspected by your Toyota deal-er.

! The indicator light on the “POWER”switch does not come on when theclearance lights are turned on.

—“POWER” switch

132

25p105

Without depressing the brake pedal

Carrying a smart key allows you to op-erate the “POWER” switch without thekey being inserted into the key slot.

Each time you press the “POWER”switch briefly without the brake pedaldepressed, the hybrid system modechanges in the order of “OFF”, “ACC”,“IG−ON” and then back to “OFF”.

The smart function can be set to becomeinoperative using the smart cancel switch.For details, see “Deactivating the smartfunction” on page 33.

1) “ACC” (Green indicator is turned on)

Accessories such as the radio operate.

Pressing the “POWER” switch briefly with-out depressing the brake pedal in the“OFF” mode turns on this mode.

In the “ACC” mode, pressing the “POW-ER” switch briefly while depressing thebrake pedal will start the hybrid system.

If you leave your vehicle in the “ACC”mode for about an hour, the hybrid systemis automatically turned off.

2) “IG−ON” (Amber indicator is turnedon)

All accessories are operable.

Pressing the “POWER” switch briefly with-out depressing the brake pedal in the“ACC” mode turns on this mode.

In the “IG−ON” mode, pressing the “POW-ER” switch briefly while depressing thebrake pedal will start the hybrid system.However, if “N” position is selected, thehybrid system will be turned in the “OFF”mode.

3) “OFF” (Indicator is turned off)

The hybrid system is off.

You may hear a motor sound in the en-gine compartment for a few seconds afterthe system is turned off and about 90seconds have passed.

The hybrid vehicle immobilizer system isautomatically set. See “Hybrid vehicle im-mobilizer system” on page 21.

—Selecting the push buttonstart system mode (with smart function—on somemodels)

133

25p106

With the brake pedal depressed

The hybrid system will start and stopby pressing the “POWER” switch brieflywith the brake pedal depressed.

You may hear a motor sound in the en-gine compartment when the brake pedal isdepressed with the hybrid system off.

1) “START” (Amber indicator comes onfor a few seconds.)

The hybrid system is ready to operateand all accessories are operable. (“IG−ON”)

Press the “POWER” switch with the brakepedal depressed.

For starting tips, see “How to start thehybrid system—” on page 234.

If in an emergency, you must turn thehybrid system off while the vehicle ismoving, press the “POWER” switch formore than 3 seconds. At this time, the“ACC” mode and shift position “N” areautomatically enabled.


The hybrid system is off.


The hybrid vehicle immobilizer system isautomatically set. See “Hybrid vehicle im-mobilizer system” on page 21.

NOTICE

! The hybrid system cannot bestarted when the shift position is in“N”. Be sure to put it in “P” andthen start the system.

! Do not leave the hybrid system in“ACC” or “IG−ON” for a long time.The auxiliary battery will discharge.

! The hybrid mode in which the bat-tery is discharged or disconnectedis retained in memory, and thatmode is turned on when power isapplied.

When you leave your vehicle, be sure toturn the “POWER” switch off and carry thesmart key.

If you get out of your vehicle while carry-ing a key without turning off the “POWER”switch and then close the door, a warningtone sounds inside and beeps sound out-side.

134

INFORMATION

You can insert a genuine key while inthe “IG−ON” mode or with the hybridsystem starting. Do not insert any keyother than genuine keys. 25p103

Without depressing the brake pedal

Each time you press the “POWER”switch briefly without the brake pedaldepressed, the hybrid system modechanges in the order of “OFF”, “ACC”,“IG−ON” and then back to “OFF”.

1) “ACC” (Green indicator is turned on)

Accessories such as the radio operate.

Pressing the “POWER” switch briefly with-out depressing the brake pedal in the“OFF” mode turns on this mode.

The key can be removed at this position.The hybrid system is automatically turnedoff.

In the “ACC” mode, pressing the “POW-ER” switch briefly while depressing thebrake pedal will start the hybrid system.

If you leave your vehicle in the “ACC”mode for about an hour, the hybrid systemis automatically turned off.

2) “IG−ON” (Amber indicator is turnedon)

All accessories are operable.

Pressing the “POWER” switch briefly with-out depressing the brake pedal in the“ACC” mode turns on this mode.

In the “IG−ON” mode, pressing the“POWER” switch briefly while depressingthe brake pedal will start the hybrid sys-tem. However, if “N” position is selected,the hybrid system will be turned in the“OFF” mode.


The hybrid system is off. The key canbe removed at this position.


Once you remove the key, the hybrid ve-hicle immobilizer system is automaticallyset. See “Hybrid vehicle immobilizer sys-tem” on page 21.

—Selecting the push buttonstart system mode(without smart function)

135

25p104

With the brake pedal depressed

The hybrid system will start and stopby pressing the “POWER” switch brieflywith the brake pedal depressed.


1) “START” (Amber indicator comes onfor a few seconds.)

The hybrid system is ready to operateand all accessories are operable. (“IG−ON”)

Insert the key and press the “POWER”switch briefly with the brake pedal de-pressed.

For starting tips, see “How to start thehybrid system—” on page 234.

If, in an emergency, you must turn thehybrid system off while the vehicle ismoving, press the “POWER” switch morethan 3 seconds. At this time, the “ACC”mode and shift position “N” are automati-cally enabled.


The hybrid system is off. The key canbe removed at this position.


Once you remove the key, the hybrid ve-hicle immobilizer system is automaticallyset. See “Hybrid vehicle immobilizer sys-tem” on page 21.

NOTICE

! The hybrid system cannot bestarted when the shift position is in“N”. Be sure to put it in “P” andthen start the system.

! Do not leave the hybrid system in“ACC” or “IG−ON” for a long time.The auxiliary battery will discharge.

! The hybrid mode in which the bat-tery is discharged or disconnectedis retained in memory, and thatmode is turned on when power isapplied.

136

Hybrid transaxleYour hybrid transaxle has an electronicshift lever system to minimize incorrectoperation. This means you can only shiftto other position from “P” when the brakepedal is depressed.

With the following improper shifting, therejection function operates and a beepsounds so the hybrid transaxle cannot beshifted.

(i) When you attempt to shift the transaxlefrom the “P” position without depress-ing the brake pedal.

(ii) When you push the “P” switch whiledriving.

(iii) When you operate the shift lever from“D” to “R” or vice versa while the ve-hicle is moving.

(iv) When you operate the shift lever to “B”from any position other than “D”.

In case of (i), the transaxle remains in“P”. In case of (ii) through (iv), the trans-axle is automatically shifted to “N”.

25p002i

Shift lever

The shift lever always re-turns to this original positionafter shifting operation.

“P” position switch

You can operate the shiftlever only in “D”.

Keep the shift lever in “N”for a while after you shift itto that position.

137

25p003a

(a) Shift lever

The shift position is displayed on the in-strument cluster.

R: Reverse position (buzzer sounds)

N: Neutral position

D: Normal driving position

B: Engine braking position (shown only while in “D”)

NOTICE

Observe the following instructions.Otherwise, the lever may cause a mal-function, resulting in trouble:

! Do not remove the knob on the le-ver.

! Do not use a knob other than theoriginally fitted knob.

! Do not hang anything on the lever.

Should you find anything unusual,contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

(b) “P” position switch

The “P” (parking) position is displayed onthe instrument cluster, and the indicatoron the “P” position switch comes on.

(c) Normal driving

1. Start the hybrid system as instructed in“How to start the hybrid system” onpage 234.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the shift lever to “D”.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting. Doing so cancause abrupt acceleration.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

When you shift the transaxle to “D”while backing up, an alarm sounds andthe transaxle is shifted to “N”.

138

25p004c

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, shift the shift leverto “B” position.

During high speed driving, you may feelthat deceleration by engine braking is lessthan that of a typical vehicle.

Do not continue normal driving with thetransaxle in “B” for a long time. This maycause decreased fuel economy. To preventthis, use “D” for normal driving.

When you shift the transaxle to “B” froma position other than “D”, an alarm soundsand the transaxle is automatically shiftedto “N”.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to skid orspin.

(e) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the shift lever to the“R” position. You will hear beeps whilethe transaxle is in “R”.

When you shift the transaxle to “R” whiledriving, an alarm sounds and the transaxleis shifted to “N”.

(f) Parking

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal pressed down,fully depress the parking brake pedalto apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,push the “P” position switch.

If you press the “POWER” switch whilestopping, the transaxle is automaticallyshifted to the “P” and the hybrid systemis turned off.

If the driver’s door is opened when thetransaxle is in “N”, “D” or “B”, beepsounds and a warning message appearson the multi−information display to warnyou to shift the transaxle to “P”.

If you push the “P” position switch whiledriving, an alarm sounds and the transaxleis automatically shifted to “N”.

NOTICE

Be sure to put the hybrid transaxle in“P” when parking. In “N”, the hybridvehicle battery will not be chargedeven if the gasoline engine is run-ning. You cannot start your vehicle ifthe transaxle is left in “N” for a longtime because the hybrid vehicle bat-tery will discharge.

When shifting the transaxle from “P” onthe slope, a large parking lock releasingnoise will be generated. However, thisdoes not indicate a malfunction.

139

(g) Vehicle driving characteristics

Creeping

In order to hold the vehicle properly on anincline and for better accelerator pedaloperation at starting, your vehicle is de-signed like a typical automatic transmis-sion vehicle which tends to move withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal with thetransaxle in a position other than “P” or“N”.

With the transaxle in a position other than“P” or “N”, depress the brake pedal firmlyeven when stopped and apply the parkingbrake as required.

When moving in a compact area or duringa traffic jam, it is an effective way tocontrol the speed using only the brakepedal operation without depressing the ac-celerator pedal.

Regenerative brake

When the accelerator pedal is released orthe brake pedal is depressed, the electricmotor acts as a generator and convertskinetic energy to electric energy to providedeceleration and recover electric energy tocharge the hybrid vehicle battery.

At this time, the electric motor runningnoise may increase.

The operation is the same as a typicalgasoline powered vehicle.

You may experience the following condi-tion while braking. As they do not indicatea malfunction, perform braking as usual:

! In the “OFF” mode, pressing the“POWER” switch once or twice will se-lect “ACC” or “IG−ON” only if the brakepedal is not depressed. In this condi-tion, the brake pedal may move a little.

Hybrid driving

This vehicle runs in combination with thegasoline engine and electric motor.

If the “READY” light is on, you can startyour vehicle even with the gasoline enginestopped.

(h) If the system malfunctions

In the following conditions, there is someproblem in the system.

! The indicator on the “P” position switchflashes. However, this does not indi-cate a malfunction unless a warningmessage appears in the multi−informa-tion display.

! All frames of shift position indicators inthe instrument cluster flash.

! The parking system error message ap-pears on the multi−information display.

! The instrument cluster and multi−infor-mation display does not come on whenthe “IG−ON” mode is enabled.

In these cases, stop your vehicle in asafe and level place, apply the parkingbrake securely and contact your Toyotadealer immediately.

(i) When the auxiliary battery is dis-connected

Before you disconnect the auxiliary bat-tery, confirm the shift position is “P” andapply the parking brake completely.

After you reconnect the auxiliary battery,shift the shift lever to “N” and confirm theshift position is in “N” when the “IG−ON”mode is enabled.

140

The vehicle stability control systemhelps provide integrated control of thesystems such as anti−lock brake sys-tem, brake assist system, hybrid systemcontrol, etc. This system automaticallycontrols the brakes and hybrid systemto help prevent the vehicle from skid-ding when cornering on a slippery roadsurface or operating steering wheelabruptly.

This system activates when the vehiclespeed is more than about 15 km/h (9mph).

CAUTION

! Do not rely exclusively on the ve-hicle stability control system. Evenif the vehicle stability control sys-tem is operating, you must alwaysdrive carefully and attentively toavoid serious injury. Reckless driv-ing will result in an unexpected ac-cident. If the slip indicator lightflashes, sounding an alarm, specialcare should be taken while driving.

! Only use tires of specified size. Thesize, manufacturer, brand and treadpattern for all 4 tires should be thesame. If you use tires other thanspecified, or mixed types or size,the vehicle stability control systemmay not function correctly. Whenreplacing the tires or wheels, con-tact your Toyota dealer. (See“Checking and replacing tires” onpage 293.)

25p115

Slip indicator light

If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-ing, the slip indicator light blinks and analarm sounds intermittently. Special careshould be taken while driving.

The slip indicator light blinks in the follow-ing conditions also.

! The vehicle tires are racing. Utmostcare is required when driving.

! When the anti−lock brake system isoperating. See “Brake system” on page211 for details.

Vehicle stability controlsystem

141

The slip indicator light comes on when the“IG−ON” mode is enabled and will go offafter the “READY” light comes on. If theindicator light does not come on when theignition is turned on, contact your Toyotadealer.

25p117

“VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the vehicle stability controlsystem.

The light will come on when the “IG−ON”mode is enabled and will go off after the“READY” light comes on.

If the light comes on while driving, thesystem does not work. However, becausethe conventional braking still operates, youcan drive your vehicle without damagingit. Contact your Toyota dealer.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer:

! The warning light does not come onafter the “IG−ON” mode is enabled.

! The warning light remains on after the“READY” light comes on.

! The warning light comes on while driv-ing.

142

25p008a

Vehicles sold in U.S.A.

25p009a

Vehicles sold in Canada

When parking, firmly apply the parkingbrake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

To set: Fully depress the parking brakepedal. For better holding power, first de-press the brake pedal and hold it whilesetting the parking brake.

To release: Depress the parking brakepedal while depressing the brake pedal.

To remind you that the parking brake isset, the parking brake reminder light inthe instrument panel remains on until yourelease the parking brake.

CAUTION

! Driving with the parking brake en-gaged can reduce braking power.

! Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the park-ing brake reminder light is off.

Cruise controlThe cruise control allows you to cruisethe vehicle at a desired speed over 40km/h (25 mph) even with your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

Your cruising speed can be maintained upor down grades within the limits of hybridsystem performance, although a slightspeed change may occur when driving upor down the grades. On steeper hills, agreater speed change will occur so it isbetter to drive without the cruise control.

CAUTION

! To help maintain maximum controlof your vehicle, do not use thecruise control when driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow–covered) orwinding roads.

! Avoid vehicle speed increases whendriving downhill. If the vehiclespeed is too fast in relation to thecruise control set speed, cancel thecruise control then shift the shiftlever to “B” position to use enginebraking to slow down.

Parking brake

143

25p006a

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON

To operate the cruise control, push the“ON·OFF” switch. This turns the systemon. The indicator light in the instrumentpanel shows that you can now set thevehicle at a desired cruising speed. Anoth-er push on the switch will turn the systemcompletely off.

CAUTION

To avoid accidental cruise control en-gagement, keep the “ON·OFF” switchoff when not using the cruise control.

25p007a

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

The transaxle must be in “D” before youset the cruise control speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,push the lever down in the “– SET” direc-tion and release it. This sets the vehicleat that speed.

If the speed is not satisfactory, tap thelever up for a faster speed, or tap it downfor a slower speed. Each tap changes theset speed by 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph). You cannow take your foot off the acceleratorpedal.

If you need acceleration—for example,when passing—depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceedthe set speed. When you release it, thevehicle will return to the speed set priorto the acceleration.

CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED

You can cancel the preset speed by:

a. Pulling the control lever in the“CANCEL” direction and releasing it.

b. Depressing the brake pedal.

If the vehicle speed falls below about 40km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will auto-matically cancel out.

If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10mph) below the preset speed, the presetspeed will also automatically cancel out.

If the preset speed automatically cancelsout other than for the above cases, haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er at the earliest opportunity.

144

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push the lever up in the “+ RES” directionand hold it. Release the lever when thedesired speed is attained. While the leveris held up, the vehicle will gradually gainspeed.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-celerate the vehicle and then push thecontrol lever down in the “– SET” direc-tion.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push the lever down in the “– SET” direc-tion and hold it. Release the lever whenthe desired speed is attained. While thelever is held down, the vehicle speed willgradually decrease.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-press the brake pedal and then push thecontrol lever down in the “– SET” direc-tion.

RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED

If the preset speed is cancelled by pullingthe control lever or by depressing thebrake pedal, pushing the lever up in the“+ RES” direction will restore the speedset prior to cancellation.

However, once the vehicle speed falls be-low about 40 km/h (25 mph), the presetspeed will not be resumed.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If the “CRUISE” indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes when using thecruise control, press the “ON·OFF” buttonto turn the system off and then press itagain to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-curs, there is some trouble in the cruisecontrol system.

! The indicator light does not come on.

! The indicator light flashes again.

! The indicator light goes out after itcomes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyotadealer and have your vehicle inspected.

145

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSMulti−information displayReference 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Before using the multi−information displayy 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch operation 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions 148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Information 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside temperature display 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 7

146

Reference

1. Multi−information display*(See page 147 for details.)

2. “DISPLAY” buttonThe display adjustment screen isshown.(See page 152 for details.)

3. “INFO” buttonThe information menu screen is shown.(See page 150 for details.)

4. “CLIMATE” buttonThe air conditioning operation screen isshown.(See page 180 for details.)

5. “AUDIO” buttonThe audio operation screen is shown.(See page 156 for details.)

6. “INFO” button (on the steering pad)The trip information screen is shown.(See page 151 for details.)

*: In this manual, English version screensare shown as an example.

26p045c

Type A (with Navigation system)

Type B (without Navigation system)

147

26p049b

When the “ACC” mode is enabled, theinitial screen appears and the system be-gins operating.

After a few seconds, the previous modedisplay will appear.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the multi−informationdisplay, the display will be automaticallyset to the initial mode.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

Switch operationThis system operates mainly by theswitches on the screen. To protect thescreen, lightly touch switches on thescreen with your finger. When you toucha switch on the screen or on the bezel,a beep sounds.

! If the system does not respond to atouch of a switch, move your fingeraway from the screen and then touchit again.

! You cannot operate dimmed switches.

! Wipe off fingerprints on the surface ofthe display using a glass cleaningcloth.

Before usingthe multi−information display

148

Functions

26p170

With Navigation system*

26p027c

Without Navigation system

*: For other functions (Maintenance, Tele-phone and Calender), see the separate“Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.

1. Trip information, Language andScreen setting

For details, see page 150. 26p026b

2. Adjustment

The contrast and brightness on the screenare adjusted. For details, see page 152.

149

26p114a

3. Air conditioner

Climate setting operations are available.For details, see page 180.

26p136a

4. Audio

The radio and cassette tape operationsare available. For details, see page 156.

24p006e

5. Warning display

The warning symbol for the faulty systemis appeared. For details, see page 124.

150

Information

26p009b

Type A Type B

Push the “INFO” button to display the“Information Menu” screen.

26p027c

Trip information: The energy monitor andfuel consumption screen are selected.

Language: Select language screen isshown.

Screen setting: The screen setting screenis shown.

—Trip information

26p038d

Energy monitor screen

Touch the “Energy” switch. Vehicle drivingcondition, hybrid system operating condi-tion and energy recovery condition areshown.

1. Indicates the flow of energy by orangeand yellow arrows. While the energy isrecovered, the arrows change thepointing direction and turn green.

2. Indicates the remaining capacity of thehybrid vehicle battery.

The screen display updates every 3 sec-onds, so it may not coincide with theactual status.

151

26p039c

Fuel consumption screen

Touch the “Consumption” switch. Averagefuel consumption, momentary fuel con-sumption and recovered energy areshown.

1. Indicates the past momentary fuel con-sumption every 5 minutes.

2. Indicates the energy recovered for 5minutes with symbols. One symbol re-fers to 50 Wh or the energy by whicha 50 W bulb illuminates for an hour.Up to 4 symbols will be shown.

3. Indicates the current momentary fuelconsumption.

4. Indicates the average fuel consumptionafter being reset. When the “Reset”switch is touched or more than 10 L(2.6 gal., 2.2 Imp.gal.) fuel is supplied,the average fuel consumption is reset.

26P180

Steering switch operation (with Navigation system)

The trip information screen appears direct-ly by pressing the “INFO” button on theright side of the steering pad. Each presschanges the “Energy Monitor” and “Con-sumption” screens alternately.

152

26p115

You can select the language shown onthe screen. Touch your desired switchon the screen.

—Screen setting

26p030c

AUTOMATIC TRANSITION

The function returning to the previousscreen from the audio or air conditionerscreen is selectable. Select “ON” or“OFF” and then touch “OK”.

ON: The previous screen automatically re-turns from the audio or air condition-er screen 20 seconds after the endof audio or air conditioner screen op-eration.

OFF:The audio or air conditioner screenremains on.

BACKGROUND COLOR

Select the desired background colorand touch “OK”.

Adjustment

26p024a

Type A Type B

Push the “DISPLAY” button to displaythe “Display” screen.

—Language

153

26p026b

Contrast and brightness adjustment

CONTRAST “+”: Strengthens the contrast of the screen.

CONTRAST “–”: Weakens the contrast of the screen.

BRIGHTNESS “+”: Brightens the screen.

BRIGHTNESS “–”: Darkens the screen.

The screen turns off when you touch the“SCREEN OFF”. To turn the displayscreen back on, push any bezel switchsuch as “INFO”, etc. The selected screenappears.

26P051b

Depending on the position of the head-light switch, the screen changes to theday mode or night mode.

To display the screen in the day modeeven with the headlight switch on, touch“DAY MODE” on the adjustment screen forbrightness and contrast control.

However, if the km/h or MPH button is on,mode switching cannot be done. It re-mains in the day mode. In this case, “DAYMODE” is not shown on the screen.

If the screen is set in the day mode withthe headlight switch turned to on, thiscondition is memorized in the system evenwith the hybrid system turned off.

Outside temperature display

26p046b

The outside temperature is shown rang-ing from −30"C (−22"F) up to 50"C(122"F) at the upper right of the energyconsumption or energy monitor screenor the upper left of the air conditionerscreen.

154

155

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAudio systemReference 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using your audio systemm 158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio operation 163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cassette tape player operation 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact disc player operation 169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio remote controls 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio system operating hints 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 8

156

1. Multi−information display screen*(See page 160 for details.)

2. Ejecting a compact disc(See page 170 for details.)

3. Compact disc slot(See page 169 for details.)

4. Frequency tuning(See page 163 for details.)

5. Scan tuning(See page 164 for details.)

6. Compact disc mode button(See page 169 for details.)

7. Radio mode button(See page 163 for details.)

8. Radio mode: Seek tuning(See page 164 for details.)

Compact discmode: Direct access to a

desired program(See page 172 for details.)

9. Adjusting the volume(See page 159 for details.)

10. Turning the system on(See page 159 for details.)

11. Audio operation screen display button(See page 160 for details.)


Reference!Type 1

26p014c

WithNavigationSystem

157

1. Multi−information display screen*(See page 160 for details.)

2. Compact disc slot(See page 169 for details.)

3. Ejecting a compact disc(See page 170 for details.)

4. Radio mode button(See page 163 for details.)

5. Frequency tuning(See page 163 for details.)

6. Stopping and ejecting a casette tape(See page 166 for details.)

7. Scan tuning(See page 164 for details.)

8. Tape or Compact disc mode button(See page 166 or 169 for details.)

9. Casette tape slot(See page 166 for details.)

10. Radio mode: Seek tuning(See page 164 for details.)

Tape or Compact disc mode: Direct access to a

desired program (See page 168 or 172for details.)

11. Turning the system on(See page 159 for details.)

!Type 2

26p110a

WithNavigationSystem

158

12. Adjusting the volume(See page 159 for details.)

13. Compact disc load button(See page 169 for details.)

14. Audio operation screen display button(See page 160 for details.)


This section describes some of the basicfeatures of the Toyota audio system.Some information may not pertain to yoursystem.

Your audio system works when the hybridsystem is in “ACC” or “IG−ON”.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the audio onlonger than necessary when thehybrid system is not running.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR” button to turn the audio sys-tem on and off. The system turns on inthe last mode used.

Using your audio system——Some basics

159

VOLUME CONTROL

To adjust the volume, push and turn the“VOL”.

Type 1

Type 2

Push the “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” “DISC”or “TAPE·DISC” button to turn on thatmode. The selected mode turns on di-rectly.

Push these buttons if you want to switchfrom one mode to another.

If the tape or disc is not set, the cassetteplayer or compact disc player does notturn on.

You can turn off the cassette player byejecting the cassette tape. If the audiosystem was previously off, then the entireaudio system will be turned off when youeject the cassette tape. If another functionwas previously playing, it will come onagain.

160

26p136a

Radio

26p137a

Casette tape

26p138a

Compact disc (Type 1)

26p149b

Compact disc (Type 2)

The switches for radio, cassette tapeand compact disc player operation aredisplayed on the liquid crystal display.Touch them lightly and directly on thescreen.

The selected switch is highlighted ingreen.

161

26p140a

TONE AND BALANCE

Touching the “SOUND” switch on thescreen displays the sound adjustmentscreen.

BASS “+” or “–”: Adjusts low−pitchedtones.

MID “+” or “–” (Type 2 only): Adjustsmid−pitched tones.

TREB “+” or “–”: Adjusts high−pitchedtones.

“FRONT” or “REAR”: Adjusts sound bal-ance between the front and rear speakers.

“L” or “R”: Adjusts sound balance be-tween the left and right speakers.

“OK”: The previous screen returns.

How good an audio program sounds toyou is largely determined by the mix ofthe treble, mid−range, and bass levels.In fact, different kinds of music and vocalprograms usually sound better with differ-ent mixes of treble, mid−range and bass.

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening toa stereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of another.

162

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

To remove an antenna on the roof, care-fully turn it counterclockwise.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the antenna,make sure to remove it before drivingyour Toyota through an automatic carwash.

YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

When you insert a cassette, the exposedtape should be to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the player anddo not insert anything other than cas-sette tapes into the slot, or the tapeplayer may be damaged.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER

When you insert a disc, gently push it inwith the label side up.

The discs set in the player are playedcontinuously, starting with disc number 1.The disc number of the disc currently be-ing played, the track number and the timefrom the beginning of the program appearon the display.

Type 2 only:When play of one disc ends, the firsttrack of the following disc starts. Whenplay of the final disc ends, play of thefirst disc starts again.

The player will skip any empty disc num-ber.

NOTICE

! Do not stack up two discs for in-sertion, or it will cause damage thecompact disc player. Insert only onecompact disc into slot at a time.

! Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything other than com-pact discs into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm(4.7 in.) discs only.

163

(a) Listening to the radio

Push these buttons to choose either anAM or FM station.

“AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” appears on the dis-play.

Push and turn this knob to step up thestation band or to step down.

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to pre-vent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion. In this case, “ST” disappears fromthe display.

26p141a

(b) Presetting a station

1. Tune in the desired station.

2. Touch one of the station selectorswitches (1−6) and hold it until abeep is heard. This sets the stationto the switch and the frequency ap-pears on the switch.

Each switch can store FM1, FM2 and AM.To change the preset station to a differentone, follow the same procedure.

The preset station memory is cancelledwhen the power source is interrupted bybattery disconnection or a blown fuse.

Radio operation

164

(c) Selecting a station

Tune in the desired station using one ofthe following methods.

Preset tuning: Touch the switch (1−6) forthe station you want. The switch (1−6) ishighlighted in green and station frequencyappears on the display.

Manual tuning: Turn the “TUNE” knobbriefly. Each time you turn the knob, theradio will step up or down to another fre-quency.

Seek tuning: Push the “SEEK TRACK”button on either side. The radio will beginseeking up or down for a station of thenearest frequency and will stop on recep-tion. Each time you push the button, thestations will be searched out one afteranother.

26p126

Scan tuning: Push the “SCAN” button ortouch the “SCAN” switch (AM mode only)briefly. “SCAN” appears on the display.The radio will find the next station up ordown the band, stay there for a few se-conds, and then scan again. To select astation, push the “SCAN” button a secondtime.

Preset scan tuning: Push the “SCAN”button or touch the “SCAN” switch (AMmode only) and hold it until you hear abeep. “P. SCAN” appears on the display.The radio will tune in the next preset sta-tion up or down the band, stay there fora few seconds, and then move to the nextpreset station. To select a station, pushthe “SCAN” button a second time.

26p142a

(d) RDS (Radio Data System)

(1) Program type

Each time you touch the “TYPE "” or“TYPE !” switch, the program typechanges as in the following:

# ROCK

# EASY LIS (Easy listening)

# CLS JAZZ (Classical music and Jazz)

# R&B (Rhythm and Blues)

# INFORM (Information)

# RELIGION

# MISC

# ALERT (Emergency message)

165

26p143a

When you touch the “TYPE "” or “TYPE!”, “TYPE SEEK” switch appears. Touchthe switch and the system starts to seekthe station in the relevant program type.

(2) Traffic program:

A station that regularly broadcasts traf-fic information is automatically located.

When you touch the “TRAF” switch,“TRAF SEEK” appears on the display andthe radio will start seeking any traffic pro-gram station.

If any traffic program station is not found,“NOTHING” appears and the previousmode returns.

If the traffic program station is found, thename for traffic program station is dis-played and “TRAF” is lit for a while untiltraffic announcement is received.

26p144a

(3) Radio text

If the system receives a radio text fromRDS station, “MSG” appears on the dis-play. Touch the “MSG” switch, and a textmessage is displayed on the screen.

166

26p145b

In case a text message is not acceptedin a screen, you can touch the “MSG”switch and hold it to display the rest ofthe message.

When the system can show the stationname, “RDS” appears on the display.Each time you touch the “MSG” switch,indication on the display changes from theband to the station name, a radio text inthis order. After six seconds passes, indi-cation returns to the band.

26p127

(a) Playing a cassette tape

When you insert a cassette tape, theexposed tape should face to the right.

The player will automatically start whenyou insert a cassette tape. At this time,“Tape” appears on the display.

If a metal or chrome equivalent cassettetape is put in the cassette player, theplayer will automatically recognize it and“MTL” appears on the display.

To stop or eject the cassette tape, push

the “ ” button.

26p146a

If a cassette is already in the slot, pushthe “TAPE” button.

Dolby$ Noise Reduction* feature: If youare listening to a tape that was recordedwith Dolby$ B Noise Reduction, touch the“ ” switch. The “ ” switch will behighlighted in green. Touch the switchagain to turn off Dolby$ B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this switch onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.

Cassette tape player operation(Type 2 only)

167

* Dolby noise reduction manufactured un-der license from Dolby Laboratories Li-censing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble−D symbol are trademarks ofDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.

26p147a

(b) Manual program selection

Reverse switch: You can reverse the tapeby touching the “ " ! ” switch. The dis-play will show the opposite direction afterreversing the tape. Also if the tape reach-es the end of one side, it is automaticallyreversed to the other side.

Fast forward and Rewind switches: Youcan fast forward or fast rewind by touch-ing the “""” or “!!” switch.

To stop the tape while it is fast forward-ing, touch “!!”, to stop the tape whileit is rewinding, touch “""”.

If a tape rewinds completely, the cassetteplayer will stop and then play the sameside. If a tape fast forwards completely,the cassette player will play the other sideof the tape using the auto−reverse feature.

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassetteplayer reaches the end of a tape, it auto-matically reverses and begins to play theother side, regardless of whether the cas-sette was playing or fast forwarding.

168

26p148a

(c) Automatic program selection

“RPT” switch: The repeat feature auto-matically replays the current program.

Touch the “RPT” switch while the programis playing. When the program ends, it willautomatically be rewound and replayed.Touch the switch again to turn off therepeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between programs for the repeatfeature to work correctly.

“SKIP” switch: The skip feature allowsyou to fast forward past long stretches ofblank tape. This is especially useful at theend of cassettes.

Touch the “SKIP” switch. The player willautomatically skip any blank portions of 15seconds or more and play the next pro-gram. To cancel it, touch the switch onceagain.

“SEEK TRACK” button

You can skip forward or skip rewind bypushing the “SEEK TRACK” button on ei-ther side. You like to choose within pre-vious 9 tracks and next 9 tracks beingplayed. Press the start of track button asmany as you like to skip (3 times if youlike to skip to the third track).

When the end of the tape is reached, theplayer automatically reverses sides andresumes normal play.

When the beginning of the tape isreached, the player automatically resumesnormal play.

169

The hybrid system must be in “ACC” or“IG−ON”.

(a) Inserting or ejecting compact disc

Type 1:

When you insert a disc, the player willautomatically start. To eject the disc,

push the “ ” button.

Type 2:

# Setting a single compact disc:

1. Push the “LOAD” button briefly.

The umber indicators at both ends of theslot blinking. The umber blinking indicatorschanges to continuous green illumination.

2. Insert only one disc.

You can set a disc at the lowest emptydisc number.

After insertion, the set disc is automatical-ly loaded.

If the label faces down, the disc cannotbe played. In this case, “CD CHECK” ap-pears on the display.

If you need to insert the next disc, repeatthe same procedure to insert another disc.

# Setting all the discs:

1. Push the “LOAD” button until youhear a beep.

The umber indicators at both ends of theslot blinking. The umber blinking indicatorschanges to continuous green illumination.

2. Insert only one disc.

The umber indicators blink.

3. Insert the next disc after the umberblinking indicators changes to con-tinuous green illumination.

4. Repeat this procedure until you in-sert all the discs.

To cancel the operation, push the “LOAD”button.

Your automatic changer can store up to 6discs.

If you do not insert the discs within 15seconds after pushing the “LOAD” button,the operation will be canceled automatical-ly.

NOTICE

Do not insert one disc stacked on topof another one or feed them in con-tinuously, to prevent discs from get-ting stuck in the player.

Compact disc player operation

170

26p129a

# Ejecting a single alone:

1. Touch the switch (1−6) to highlightthe disc number you want to eject.

2. Push the “ ” button for the com-pact disc briefly.

At this time, the umber indicators of theslot start blinking.

# Ejecting all the discs:

Push the “ ” button for the compactdisc until you hear a beep.

26p149b

The numbers of the trays where the com-pact disc is not set are dimmed.

(b) Playing a compact disc (Type 1)

Push the “DISC” button if the disc arealready loaded in the player.

“CD” appears on the display.

The discs set in the player are playedcontinuously. The track number and thetime from the beginning of the programare shown on the display.

171

(b) Playing a compact disc (Type 2)

Push the “TAPE·DISC” button if thedisc are already loaded in the player.

“CD CHANGER” appears on the display.

The discs set in the player are playedcontinuously, starting with the last discyou inserted. The disc number of the disccurrently being played, the track numberand the time from the beginning of theprogram are shown on the display.

When play of one disc ends, the firsttrack of the following disc starts. Whenplay of the final disc ends, play of thefirst disc starts again.

The player will skip any empty disc trays.

26p149b

(c) Selecting a desired disc (Type 2 only)

Touch the desired disc number.

The selected disc number is highlighted ingreen.

The player will start playing the selecteddisc from the first track.

26p151b

(d) Searching for a desired disc (Type 2 only)

Touch the “DISC SCAN” switch.

With “DISC SCAN” highlighted in green ,the program at the beginning of each discwill be played for 10 seconds. To continuelistening to the program of your choice,touch the “DISC SCAN” switch a secondtime.

After all the tracks are scanned in onepass, normal play resumes.

172

26p130

(e) Selecting a desired track

“SEEK TRACK” button: Use for directaccess to a desired track.

Push either side of the “SEEK TRACK”button. The player will start playing theselected track from the beginning.

Fast forward: Touch the “ ” switch andhold it to fast forward the disc. When yourelease the switch, the compact disc play-er will resume playing from that position.

Reverse: Touch the “ ” switch and holdit to reverse the disc. When you releasethe switch, the compact disc player willresume playing.

26p152b

(f) Searching for a desired track

Touch the “SCAN” switch.

“Scan” will be highlighted in green. Thecompact disc player will play the nexttrack for 10 seconds, then scan again.To select a track, touch the “SCAN”switch a second time. If the player reach-es the end of the disc, it will continuescanning at track 1.

After all the tracks are scanned in onepass, normal play resumes.

26p153c

(g) Other compact disc player functions

“RPT” switch: Use it for automatic repeatof the track you are currently listening to.

Touch the switch while the track is play-ing. When the track is finished, the playerwill automatically go back to the beginningof the track and play the track again. Tocancel it, touch the switch once again.

“DISC RPT” switch (Type 2 only): Useit for automatic repeat of the disc you arecurrently listening to.

Touch the switch while the disc is playing.When the disc is finished, the player willautomatically go back to the beginning ofthe disc and play the disc again. To can-cel it, touch the button once again.

173

“RAND” switch: Use it for automatic andrandom selection of the disc which youare currently listening to.

When the switch is touched, the systemselects a track in the disc you are cur-rently listening to. To cancel it, touch theswitch once again.

“DISC RAND” switch (Type 2 only): Useit for automatic track selection for all thediscs and play by the system.

When the switch is touched, the systemselects a track in the discs of all thetrays which are set and plays it. To can-cel it, touch the switch once again.

When a track is skipped or the system isinoperative, touch the switch to reset.

“TITLE” switch: Use it for displaying thedisc and track title while the CD−TEXTdisc is playing.

The switch is not displayed on the screenwhile the CD−TEXT disc is not playing.Up to 29 letters can be displayed. Tocancel it, touch the “TITLE OFF” switch.

(h) If the player malfunctions

If the player or another unit equipped withthe player malfunctions, our audio systemwill display one of the following error mes-sages.

If “CD CHECK” appears on the display,it indicates that the disc is dirty, damagedor it was inserted up side down. Clean thedisc or insert it correctly.

If “CD ERROR” appears on the display,the following causes are possible.

# There is trouble inside the system.Eject the disc.

# The inside of the player unit may betoo hot due to the very high ambienttemperature. Eject the disc and allowthe player to cool down.

If the malfunction is not rectified, takeyour vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

26p112

The switches are installed on the left sideof the steering pad.

“MODE” switch: Use this switch tochange the mode. If a tape or compactdisc is not inserted, the “TAPE” or “CD”mode is skipped. When you push theswitch with the audio system turned off,the audio system turns on.

“ ” switches: Use this switches to ad-just the volume. Push “+” to increase thevolume and “–” to decrease the volume.The volume continues to increase or de-crease while the switch is being pressed.

Audio remote controls (steering switches)

174

(a) When the radio mode is selected

“ ” or “ ” switch: Push this switch forseek tuning or to select a station.

# To select a preset station, push theswitch briefly. Do this again to selectthe next preset station.

# To seek a station, push and hold theswitch until you hear a beep. Do thisagain to find the next station. If youpush the switch on either side of the“!” or “"” during the seek mode,seeking will be canceled.

# To step up or down the frequency,push and hold the switch even afteryou hear a beep. When you releasefrom the switch, the radio will beginseeking up or down for a station. Dothis again to find the next station.

(b) When the “TAPE” mode is selected

“ ” or “ ” switch: Push this switch tofast forward or rewind the tape or forautomatic program selection.

# Push this switch until you hear a beepto fast forward or rewind the tape. Tostop fast forwarding or rewinding, pushthe same side on the switch until youhear a beep.

# Push this switch briefly for automaticprogram selection. When automaticallyselecting a program, you can skip upto 9 programs at a time. For details,see page 168.

(c) When the “CD” mode is selected

“ ” or “ ” switch: Use this switch toselect a desired track or disc.

# Push this switch briefly to select a de-sired track.

# To select a desired disc, push and holdthis switch until the desired number ofthe disc appears and you hear a beep.

CAUTION

Operate the switches with due carewhile you are driving to avoid acci-dents.

NOTICE

To ensure correct audio system op-erations:

! Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

! Do not put anything other than acassette tape into the cassette tapeslot.

! The use of a cellular phone insideor near the vehicle may cause anoise from the speakers of the au-dio system which you are listeningto. However, this does not indicatea malfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal willbe. In addition, reception conditionschange constantly as your vehicle moves.

Audio system operating hints

175

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate a prob-lem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 40 km (25miles). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each oth-er out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere—especially at night.These reflected signals can interfere withthose received directly from the radio sta-tion, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from aradio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYERAND TAPES

For the best performance for your cas-sette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts regu-larly.

# A dirty tape head or tape path candecrease sound quality and tangle yourcassette tapes. The easiest way toclean them is by using a cleaning tape.(A wet type is recommended.)

Use high−quality cassettes:

# Low−quality cassette tapes can causemany problems, including poor sound,inconsistent playing speed, andconstant auto−reversing. They can alsoget stuck or tangled in the cassetteplayer.

# Do not use a cassette if it has beendamaged or tangled or if its label ispeeling off.

# Do not leave a cassette in the playerif you are not listening to it, especiallyif it is hot outside.

# Store cassettes in their cases and outof direct sunlight.

# Avoid using cassettes with a total play-ing time longer than 100 minutes (50minutes per side). The tape used inthese cassettes is thin and could getstuck or tangled in the cassette player.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND DISCS

# The player is intended for use with12cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

# Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player from working.On hot days, use the air conditioningto cool the vehicle interior before youlisten to a disc.

176

# Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player skip.

# If moisture gets into your compact discplayer, you may not hear any soundeven though your compact disc playerappears to be working. Remove thedisc from the player and wait until itdries.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invisiblelaser beam which could cause hazard-ous radiation exposure if directedoutside the unit. Be sure to operatethe player correctly.

# Use only compact discs marked asshown above. The following productsmay not be playable on your compactdisc player.

Copy−protected CDCD−R (CD−Recordable)CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)CD−ROM

Special shaped discs

Z17058

Transparent/translucent discs

177

Low quality discs

Labeled discs

NOTICE

Do not use special shaped, transpar-ent/translucent, low quality or labeleddiscs such as those shown in the il-lustrations. The use of such discsmay damage the player or changer, orit may be impossible to eject thedisc.

Correct Wrong

# Handle compact discs carefully, espe-cially when you are inserting them.Hold them on the edge and do notbend them. Avoid getting fingerprintson them, particularly on the shiny side.

# Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa track. (To see a pin hole, hold thedisc up to the light.)

# Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not listening tothem. Store them in their plastic casesaway from moisture, heat, and directsunlight.

178

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with asoft, lint−free cloth that has been damp-ened with water. Wipe in a straight linefrom the center to the edge of the disc(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,lint−free cloth. Do not use a conventionalrecord cleaner or anti−static device.

179

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAir conditioning systemControls 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climate remote control 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel ventss 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air conditioning filter 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 9

180

1. Outside temperature display

2. Passenger compartment temperaturedisplay

3. Air flow control switch

4. Fan speed control switch

5. Temperature control switch

6. OFF switch

7. Automatic control switch

8. Rear window and outside rear viewmirror defogger switch (See page 110for details.)

9. Front windshield switch

10. Air intake control switch

11. Air conditioning operation screen dis-play button

12. Air conditioning on−off switch

In this manual, English version screensare shown as an example.

Controls

27P010g

Type A (with Navigation system)

Type B (without Navigation system)

181

The automatic air conditioning automat-ically maintains the set temperature.

This air conditioning features automaticfan speed and air flow control which auto-matically selects the most suitable fanspeed and air flow to control the tempera-ture. The hybrid system must be in the“IG−ON” mode.

CLIMATE: Push this button to displayswitches for automatic air conditioningcontrols.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the air condi-tioning on longer than necessarywhen the hybrid system is not operat-ing.

27p005a

Air flow selection : In the beginning of the automatic air flow mode, air might be delivered.

182

SETTING OPERATION—automatic con-trol

27p111a

1. Touch the “AUTO” switch.

The indicator located in the instrumentcluster will come on.

Air conditioning is turned on if not oper-ated.

Air flow quantity, switching of the diffus-ers, and switching of the air intake be-tween RECIRCULATED AIR and OUTSIDEAIR are automatically adjusted. The opera-tion status is shown by each indicator.

However, if the RECIRCULATED AIRmode is selected manually, automatic con-trol of air intake cannot be activated.

When one of the manual control buttonsis depressed while operating in automaticmode, the mode relevant to the depressedbutton is set. Other conditions continue tobe adjusted automatically. However, oper-ating the air flow outlets or fan speed willturn off the automatic control.

Touch the “OFF” switch to turn the airconditioning off.

27p112a

2. Use the “TEMP” switch to set thedesired temperature.

The temperature of air delivered to thepassenger compartment will be controlledautomatically according to the setting.

(a) Climate control

183

SETTING OPERATION—manual control

When one of the manual controlswitches is touched while operating inautomatic mode, the mode relevant tothe touched switch is set. Other condi-tions continue to be adjusted automati-cally.

If manual air flow selection is desired—

27p113a

The outlets from which air is deliveredcan be selected manually by touching theswitch. The function of each mode is asfollows:

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

The selected mode is highlighted in green.

If quick heating or cooling is desired—

27p112a

Touch the “TEMP” switch and hold it untilthe maximum figure or minimum figure ap-pears.

184

If manual fan speed control is desired—

27p114a

1. Fan speed at low2. Fan speed at high

The fan speed can be set to your desiredspeed by touching the appropriate air flowcontrol switch. The higher the fan speedis, the more air is delivered. Touching the“OFF” switch turns off the fan.

To remove exterior windshield frost, use thehigh speed setting.

The selected mode is highlighted in green.

If manual switching of air intake is de-sired—

27p115a

The air intake control switch is used toswitch the air intake between the OUT-SIDE AIR mode and RECIRCULATED AIRmode.

With the switch in the OUTSIDE AIRmode, the system will take fresh outsideair into the vehicle.

If quick circulation of cooled air is de-sired, touch the air intake control switchfor RECIRCULATED AIR.

The indicator will come on in the instru-ment cluster while the RECIRCULATEDAIR mode is selected.

If recirculated air is used during heating,the windows will fog up more easily.

If the hybrid system is turned off in theOUTSIDE AIR mode, the automatic controlof the air intake is activated when thehybrid system is turned on again.

2−way air intake control

To improve fuel economy, OUTSIDE AIRmode control changes when the air in-take selector is set in OUTSIDE AIR onthe following conditions:

! When the maximum heating is neededwith the air flow in “Floor” or “Floor/Windshield”, fresh air flows in the up-per compartment, while air is recircu-lated in the lower compartment.

! When cooling is needed, both freshand recirculate modes turns on.

185

If manual on−off of the air conditioningis desired—

Touch the “A/C” switch to turn the airconditioning on and touch it again to turnthe air conditioning off.

If the system is used for ventilation, heat-ing in dry weather or removing frost orexterior fog on the windshield, turn the airconditioning off once it is no longer re-quired. This will improve fuel economy.The air conditioning can be used for year−round automatic temperature control in-cluding cooling and dehumidifying opera-tion.

27p116a

To remove interior fog on the wind-shield—

Touch the front windshield switch.

To remove frost or exterior fog on thewindshield—

1. Touch the upper side of the tempera-ture control switch until maximum fig-ure appears on the temperature dis-play.

2. Touch the front windshield switch.

3. Push the “HI” of the air flow controlswitch to obtain a maximum air flow.

4. Leave the air conditioning on−off buttonoff.

When the front windshield switch istouched, the air conditioning is set to op-erate and the OUTSIDE AIR mode is set.

If you touch the front windshield switchonce again while in the FRONT WIND-SHIELD mode, the mode then returns tothe last mode used.

The indicator will come on in the instru-ment cluster while the FRONT WIND-SHIELD mode is on.

CAUTION

Do not use the front windshieldswitch during cooled air operation inextremely humid weather. The differ-ence between the temperature of theoutside air and that of the windshieldcould cause the outer surface of thewindshield to fog up blocking yourvision.

(b) Windshield defogging anddefrosting

186

27p126

! The light sensor is located on the driv-er’s side edge of the instrument panel.If you put anything on this area orcover the area, the sensor functionmay be adversely affected.

! To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

! Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

! On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

! Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

! On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

! When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toOUTSIDE AIR and the fan speed se-lector to any setting except “OFF”.

! If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

27p104

The switches are installed on both sidesof the steering pad.

“A/C AUTO” switch: Use this switch toturn on the automatic mode. (For details,see page 182.) Pressing this switch in theautomatic control turns the blower off.

“ TEMP ” switch: Use this switch toset the desired temperature. (For details,see page 182.)

“ ” switch: Use this switch to changethe air intake mode. (For details, seepage 184.)

“ ” switch: Use this switch to removeinterior fog on the windshield. (For details,see page 185.)

(c) Operating tipsClimate remote control (steering switches)

187

“ ” switch: Use this switch to turn onor off the rear window and outside rearview mirror defoggers. (For details, seepage 110.)

CAUTION

Operate the switches with due carewhile you are driving to avoid acci-dents.

27p006a

If air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe instrument panel vents. The instrumentpanel vents may be opened or closed asshown.

82p109

The air conditioning filter informationlabel is placed on the left side of theglove box as shown and indicates thata filter has been installed.

The air conditioning filter prevents dustfrom entering the vehicle through the airconditioning vent.

Instrument panel vents Air conditioning filter—

188

82p006b

The air conditioning filter is set behindthe glove box.

The air conditioning filter may clog af-ter long use. The filter may need to bereplaced if the air flow of the air condi-tioning and heater experiences extremereductions in operating efficiency, or ifthe windows begin to fog up easily.

To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,inspect and replace the air conditioningfilter according to the maintenance sched-ule. In dusty areas or areas with heavytraffic flow, such as inner city or desertareas, early replacement may be required.(For scheduled maintenance information,please refer to the “Owner’s Manual Sup-plement/Scheduled Maintenance”.)

82p007a

1. Open the glove box, and slide offthe damper as shown.

—Checking and replacing theair conditioning filter

189

82p107

2. Push in each side of the glove boxto disconnect the claws.

82p008b

3. Pull the filter case toward you totake it out.

82p009a

4. Remove the filter from the filter caseand replace it with a new one.

190

5. Install the filter and filter case in thereverse order of removal.

Set the filter in the filter case correctly.

INFORMATION

The air filter should be installed prop-erly in position. The use of air condi-tioning with the air filter removedmay cause deteriorated dustproof per-formance and then affect air condi-tioning performance.

191

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOther equipmentClock 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power outletss 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear console box 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glove boxes 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Garage door opener 194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary boxes 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cup holders 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bottle holders 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tie−down hooks 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage storage box 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage cover 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor mat 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2– 10

192

Clock

28p009d

The digital clock indicates the time.

The hybrid system must be in “ACC” or“IG−ON”.

To set the hour: Push the “H” button. To set the minutes: Push the “M” button.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the clock, the time dis-play will automatically be set to 1:00.

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the time indi-cator will be reduced.

Power outlets

28p010a

Instrument panel

28p107

Rear console box

The power outlets are designed forpower supply for car accessories.

The hybrid system must be in “ACC” or“IG−ON” for the power outlets to be used.

NOTICE

! To prevent the fuse from beingblown, do not use the electricityover the total vehicle capacity of12V/120W.

! To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlet longer than necessary whenthe hybrid system is not operating.

! Close the power outlet lid when thepower outlet is not in use. Insertinganything other than an appropriateplug that fits the outlet, or allowingany liquid to get into the outletmay cause electrical failure or shortcircuits.

193

Rear console box

28p012c

To use the rear console box, open asshown in the illustration.

CAUTION

When opening the rear console box,take due care not to catch your fin-gers.

28p002a

Upper glove box

28p105

Lower glove box

To open the glove boxes, push the eachbutton.

The inside of the upper glove box is sepa-rated by the partition. In case storing alonger object, remove the partition.

With the instrument panel lights on, thelower glove box light will come on whenthe lower glove box is open.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorsclosed while driving.

Glove boxes

194

28p108

Indicator light

Buttons

The garage door opener (HomeLink!

Universal Transceiver) is manufacturedunder license from HomeLink! and canbe programmed to operate garagedoors, gates, entry doors, door locks,home lighting systems, and securitysystems, etc.

(a) Programing the HomeLink!

The HomeLink! in your vehicle has 3buttons and you can store one programfor each button.

To ensure correct programing into theHomeLink!, install a new battery in thehand−held transmitter prior to program-ming.

The battery side of the hand−held trans-mitter must be pointed away from theHomeLink! during the programming pro-cess.

For Canadian users, follow the procedurein “Programming an entrance gate/Pro-gramming all devices in the Canadianmarket”.

1. Decide which of 3 HomeLink! buttonsyou want to program.

2. Place your hand−held garage transmit-ter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away fromthe surface of the HomeLink!.

Keep the red indicator light on theHomeLink! in view while programming.

3. Simultaneously press and hold thehand−held garage transmitter buttonalong with the selected HomeLink! but-ton.

4. When the indicator light on theHomeLink! changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

5. Test the operation of the HomeLink! bypressing the newly programmed button.If programming a garage door opener,check to see if the garage door opensand closes.

If the garage door does not operate, iden-tify if your garage transmitter is of the“Rolling Code” type. Press and hold theprogrammed HomeLink! button. The ga-rage door has the rolling code feature ifthe indicator light (on the HomeLink!)flashes rapidly and then remains lit after2 seconds. If your garage transmitter isthe “Rolling Code” type, proceed to theheading “Programming a rolling code sys-tem”.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each re-maining HomeLink! button to programanother device.

Garage door opener

195

Programming a rolling code system

If your device is “Rolling Code”equipped, it is necessary to followsteps 1 through 4 under the heading“Programming the HomeLink!” beforeproceeding with the steps listed below.

1. Locate the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.The exact location and color of thebutton may vary by brand of garagedoor opener. Refer to the owner’sguide supplied by the garage dooropener manufacturer for the location ofthis “training” button.

2. Press the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.

Following this step, you have 30 secondsin which to initiate step 3 below.

3. Press and release the vehicle’s pro-grammed HomeLink! button twice. Thegarage door may open. If the doordoes open, the programming process iscomplete. If the door does not open,press and release the button a thirdtime. This third press and release willcomplete the programming process byopening the garage door.

The ceiling mounted garage door openermotor should now recognize theHomeLink! unit and be able activate thegarage door up/down.

4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 each remain-ing HomeLink! button to programanother rolling code system.

Programming an entrance gate/Program-ming all devices in the Canadian market

1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLink! but-tons you want to program.

2. Place your hand−held gate/devicetransmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)away from the surface of theHomeLink!.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink!

in view while programming.

3. Press and hold the selectedHomeLink! button.

4. Continuously press and release (cycle)the hand−held gate/device transmitterbutton every two seconds until step 5is complete.

5. When the indicator light on theHomeLink! changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

6. Test the operation of the HomeLink! bypressing the newly programmed button.Check to see if the gate/device oper-ates correctly.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each re-maining HomeLink! button to programanother device.

Programming other devices

To program other devices such as homesecurity systems, home door locks orlighting, contact your authorized Toyotadealer for assistance.

Reprogramming a button

Individual HomeLink! buttons cannot beerased, however, to reprogram a singlebutton, follow the procedure “Programmingthe HomeLink!”.

(b) Operating the HomeLink!

To operate the HomeLink!, press the ap-propriate HomeLink! button to activate theprogrammed device. The HomeLink! indi-cator light should come on. TheHomeLink! continues to send the signalfor up to 20 seconds as long as the but-ton is pressed.

196

(c) Erasing the entire HomeLink!

memory (all three programs)

To erase all previously programmed codesat one time, press and hold down the 2outside buttons for 20 seconds until theindicator light flashes.

If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erasethe programs stored in the HomeLink!

memory.

CAUTION

" When programming the HomeLink!

Universal Transceiver, you may beoperating a garage door or otherdevice. Make sure people and ob-jects are out of the way of the ga-rage door or other device to pre-vent potential harm or damage.

" Do not use this HomeLink! Univer-sal Transceiver with any garagedoor opener that lacks the safetystop and reverse feature as re-quired by federal safety standards.(This includes any garage dooropener model manufactured beforeApril 1, 1982.) A garage door open-er which cannot detect an object(signaling the door to stop and re-verse), does not meet current feder-al safety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these featuresincreases risk of serious injury ordeath.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS−210 of the ICRules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

WARNING: This transmitter has beentested and complies with FCC and ICRules. Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate thedevice.

197

To use the box, open the lid as shownin the following illustrations.

CAUTION

" To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop, always keep the auxiliary boxclosed while driving.

" Auxiliary box on the ceiling—As this box is designed for holdinga light object such as an eyeglass,do not place any heavy objects init. Heavy objects may cause theholder to open and contents to flyout resulting in injuries.

NOTICE

Auxiliary box on the ceiling—In hot weather, inside of the vehicleceiling becomes very hot. Do notleave anything flammable or deform-able such as a lighter, the glasses,etc. inside.

28p117

Front ceiling

28p011c

Front side of the console box

28p003a

On the instrument panel

28p111

Left side of the luggage compartment

Auxiliary boxes

198

28p005b

For front seats

28p006b

For rear seats

The cup holder is designed for holdingcups or drink−cans securely.

To use the cup holder, open the lid.

CAUTION

" Do not place anything else otherthan cups or drink−cans on the cupholder, as such items may bethrown about in the compartmentand possibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden braking or inan accident.

" To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop while driving, keep the cupholder closed when not in use.

" Take due care not to catch yourfingers when the cup holder isopened.

28p109

The bottle holders are designed to holdbottles securely.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to use the holder forany other purpose for which it wasintended. Inappropriately sized orshaped objects may be thrown aboutin the compartment and possibly in-jure people in the vehicle during asudden braking or an accident.

Cup holders Bottle holders

199

NOTICE

Do not put a cup or open bottle inthe bottle holder because the con-tents may spill when the door opensor closes.

22p120

To secure your luggage, use the tie−down hooks as shown above.

See “—Stowing precautions” on page 228for precautions when loading luggage.

CAUTION

To avoid personal injury, keep the tie−down hooks retracted when not inuse.

28p112a

1. To open the luggage storage box, turnthe knob to the “UNLOCK” position andopen the lid.

Tie−down hooks Luggage storage box

200

28p113a

2. Hold the lid open by inserting the sup-port rod into the slot.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,keep the luggage storage box closedand locked while driving.

28p114

To use the luggage cover, pull it out ofthe retractor and hook it on the an-chors.

CAUTION

Do not place anything on the luggagecover. Such items may be thrownaway and possibly injure people inthe vehicle during sudden braking ora collision.

28p115

To remove the luggage cover, lift it up.

Luggage cover

201

28p116a

You can stow the luggage cover in theluggage storage box in the luggagecompartment as shown in the illustration.At that time, adjust the cover so that“TOP” is facing up.

After removing the luggage cover, stow itin the luggage storage box or place itsomewhere other than the passengercompartment. This will prevent passengersfrom being injured in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

28p125

To replace the luggage cover, adjust thecover so that “TOP” is facing upwards.

28p007b

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the floor carpet and floor mat have 2holes, then they are designed for use withlocking clips. Fix the floor mat with lock-ing clips into the holes in the floor carpet.

Floor mat

202

28p008b

CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properlyplaced on the floor carpet. If the floormat slips and interferes with themovement of the pedals during driv-ing, it may cause an accident.

203

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOURTOYOTABreak−in period 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel pump shut−off systemm 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three−way catalytic converters 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine exhaust cautions 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facts about engine oil consumption 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant heat storage system 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iridium−tipped spark plugs 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric power steering system 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Toyota’s identification 216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire information 218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle load limits 228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cargo and luggage 228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3

204

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak−in. But following a few simple tipsfor the first 1000 km (600 miles) can addto the future economy and long life ofyour vehicle:

! Avoid full−throttle acceleration whenstarting and driving.

! Avoid racing the hybrid engine.

! Try to avoid hard stops during the first300 km (200 miles).

FUEL TYPE

Your vehicle must use only unleadedgasoline.

To help prevent gas station mixups, yourToyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.The special nozzle on pumps with un-leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas willnot.

At a minimum, the gasoline you useshould meet the specifications of ASTMD4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use ofleaded gasoline will cause the three−way catalytic converter to lose its ef-fectiveness and the emission controlsystem to function improperly. Also,this can increase maintenance costs.

OCTANE RATING

Select unleaded gasoline with an Oc-tane Rating of 87 (Research OctaneNumber 91) or higher.

Use of unleaded fuel with an octane num-ber or rating lower than stated above willcause persistent heavy knocking. If se-vere, this will lead to engine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even whenusing the recommended fuel, or if youhear steady knocking while holding asteady speed on level roads, consult yourToyota dealer.

However, occasionally, you may noticelight knocking for a short time while accel-erating or driving up hills. This is normaland there is no need for concern.

GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENTADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasolinethat contains detergent additives toavoid build−up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.contains detergent additives to keep cleanand/or clean intake systems.

Break−in period Fuel

205

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,Europe and Japan have developed aspecification for quality fuel namedWorld−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) thatis expected to be applied world wide.The WWFC consists of four categoriesthat depend on required emission le-vels. In the U.S., category 4 has beenadopted. The WWFC improves air quali-ty by providing for better emissions invehicle fleets, and customer satisfactionthrough better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-formulated gasoline that contains oxy-genates such as ethanol or MTBE isavailable in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleanerburning gasoline and appropriately blendedreformulated gasoline. These types of gas-oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenateblended gasoline where the oxygenatecontent is up to 10% ethanol or 15%MTBE. If you use gasohol in yourToyota, be sure that it has an octanerating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-taining MMT is used, your emission con-trol system may be adversely affected.The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-strument cluster may come on. If this hap-pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-vice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experiencedriveability problems caused by the partic-ular gasoline that you are using. If youcontinue to have unacceptable driveability,try changing gasoline brands. If this doesnot rectify your problem, then consult yourToyota dealer.

NOTICE

! Do not use gasohol other thanstated above. It will cause fuel sys-tem damage or vehicle performanceproblems.

! If drivability problems are encoun-tered (poor hot starting, vaporizing,engine knock, etc.), discontinue itsuse.

! Take care not to spill gasohol dur-ing refueling. Gasohol may causepaint damage.

206

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

45 L (11.9 gal., 9.9 lmp.gal.)

The given fuel tank capacity is measuredon EPA/CARB ORVR testing conditionwhich is approved for nominal capacitymeasurement condition.

The fuel tank capacity is decreased at lowambient temperature. (decreased by about5 L (1.3 gal., 1.1 lmp.gal.) at −10"C(14"F).)

Fuel pump shut−off systemThe fuel pump shut−off system stops sup-plying fuel to the engine to minimize therisk of fuel leakage when the engine stallsor an airbag inflates upon collision. Torestart the hybrid system after the fuelpump shut−off system activates, press the“POWER” switch to the “OFF” mode andstart it.

CAUTION

Inspect the ground under the vehiclebefore restarting the hybrid system. Ifyou find that liquid has leaked ontothe ground, the fuel system has beendamaged and it is in need of repair.In this case, do not restart the hybridsystem.

If you plan to drive your Toyota inanother country...

First, comply with the vehicle registrationlaws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octanenumber).

Operation in foreign countries

207

30p001d

The three−way catalytic converters areemission control devices installed inthe exhaust system.

Its purpose is to reduce pollutants in theexhaust gas.

CAUTION

! Keep people and combustible mate-rials away from the exhaust pipewhile the engine is running. Theexhaust gas is very hot.

! Do not drive, idle or park your ve-hicle over anything that might burneasily such as grass, leaves, paperor rags.

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gasesflowing into the three−way catalyticconverter may cause it to overheatand create a fire hazard. To preventthis and other damage, observe thefollowing precautions:

! Use only unleaded gasoline.

! Do not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the three−way catalytic converter.

! Do not turn off the ignition whilethe vehicle is moving.

! Keep your engine in good runningorder. Malfunctions in the engineelectrical system, electronic ignitionsystem/distributor ignition systemor fuel system could cause an ex-tremely high temperature.

! If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, take yourvehicle in for a check−up as soonas possible. Remember, your Toyotadealer knows your vehicle and itsthree−way catalytic converter sys-tem best.

! To ensure that the three−way cata-lytic converter and the entire emis-sion control system operate proper-ly, your vehicle must receive theperiodic inspections required by theToyota Maintenance Schedule. Forscheduled maintenance information,refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

Three−way catalytic converters

208

CAUTION

! Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.It contains carbon monoxide, whichis a colorless and odorless gas. Itcan cause unconsciousness or evendeath.

! Make sure the exhaust system hasno holes or loose connections. Thesystem should be checked fromtime to time. If you hit something,or notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust, have the systemchecked immediately.

! Do not run the hybrid system in agarage or enclosed area except forthe time needed to drive the vehiclein or out. The exhaust gases cannotescape, making this a particularlydangerous situation.

! Do not remain for a long time in aparked vehicle with the hybrid sys-tem running. If it is unavoidable,however, do so only in an uncon-fined area and adjust the heating orcooling system to force outside airinto the vehicle.

! Keep the back door closed whiledriving. An open or unsealed backdoor may cause exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle.

! To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe inlet grilles in front of the wind-shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-er obstructions.

! If you smell exhaust fumes in thevehicle, drive with the windowsopen and the back door closed.Have the cause immediately locatedand corrected.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine, and plays a major role in main-taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-sume some engine oil during normalengine operation. The causes of oilconsumption in a normal engine are asfollows.

! Oil is used to lubricate pistons, pistonrings and cylinders. A thin film of oilis left on the cylinder wall when apiston moves downwards in the cylin-der. High negative pressure generatedwhen the vehicle is decelerating suckssome of this oil into the combustionchamber. This oil as well as some partof the oil film left on the cylinder wallis burned by the high temperature com-bustion gases during the combustionprocess.

Engine exhaust cautionsFacts about engine oil consumption

209

! Oil is also used to lubricate the stemsof the intake valves. Some of this oilis sucked into the combustion chambertogether with the intake air and isburned along with the fuel. High tem-perature exhaust gases also burn theoil used to lubricate the exhaust valvestems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de-pends on the viscosity of the oil, thequality of the oil and the conditions thevehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high−speed driv-ing and frequent acceleration and decel-eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, sinceits pistons, piston rings and cylinder wallshave not become conditioned.

Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 Imp.qt./600miles)

When judging the amount of oil con-sumption, note that the oil may becomediluted and make it difficult to judgethe true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used forrepeated short trips, and consumes a nor-mal amount of oil, the dipstick may notshow any drop in the oil level at all, evenafter 1000 km (600 miles) or more. Thisis because the oil is gradually becomingdiluted with fuel or moisture, making itappear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate outwhen the vehicle is then driven at highspeeds, as on an expressway, making itappear that oil is excessively consumedafter driving at high speeds.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVELCHECK

One of the most important points in prop-er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-gine oil at the optimum level so that oilfunction will not be impaired. Therefore, itis essential that the oil level be checkedregularly. Toyota recommends that the oillevel be checked every time you refuelthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularlycould lead to serious engine troubledue to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,see “Checking the engine oil level” onpage 286.

210

30p103

Electric water pump Coolant heat storagetank

Coolant flow controlvalve

The coolant heat storage tank systemstores hot coolant and feeds it via theelectric water pump automatically to warmthe engine as required. This system helpsgenerate clean emissions. To confirm thecoolant heat storage system check, thepump may operate automatically with thevehicle stopped (in the “IG−OFF” mode).

Although the pump may operate andcause noise while the vehicle is stopped,this does not indicate a malfunction.

CAUTION

! The coolant in this tank is hot evenif the engine and radiator are cold.

! For replacement of the coolant,contact your Toyota dealer.

! Do not touch bolts (9 pieces)painted in yellow.

! In case the bolts are loosened,there is a risk of hot coolant com-ing out from inside the tank.

! When this has any malfunction, thesurface of this tank gets hot. Toprevent burning yourself, do nottouch the tank.

INFORMATION

" In such cases as the time of enginestarting and a short trip after theengine is stopped, the electric waterpump will work for a moment, butthis is no problem.

" This is for the preparation for goodemission.

Your engine is fitted with iridium−tippedspark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only iridium−tipped spark plugsand do not adjust gaps for your en-gine performance and smooth drivabil-ity.

Coolant heat storage system Iridium−tipped spark plugs

211

REGENERATIVE BRAKE

When the brake is applied, the electricmotor used as a generator converts kinet-ic energy into electric energy.

The regenerative brake works in the fol-lowing operations.

1. When the accelerator pedal is re-leased, the reduced speed equal to en-gine braking in a gasoline−fueled ve-hicle is obtained in accordance with therunning mode position of the shift le-ver.

2. When the brake pedal is depressedwith the shift lever in “D” or “B”, theregenerative brake works.

HYDRAULIC BRAKE

This brake system has 3 independent hy-draulic circuits. If either circuit should fail,the other will still work. However, the ped-al will be harder to press, and your stop-ping distance will increase. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE ACTUATOR

The brake actuator uses brake fluid pres-surized by the pump to power−assist thebrakes. If the brake actuator fails duringdriving, the brake system warning lightcomes on and buzzer sounds continuous-ly. In this case, the brakes may not workproperly. If they do not work well, depressthe brake pedal firmly. If the brake systemwarning light comes on, immediately stopyour vehicle and contact your Toyota deal-er.

The yellow brake system warning lightmay stay on for about 60 seconds afterthe “IG−ON” mode is enabled. It is normalif the light turns off after a while.

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the red brake system warninglight and buzzer. It is normal if the lightturns off and the buzzer stops soundingafter a few seconds.

You may hear a small sound in the enginecompartment after the hybrid system isstarted or the brake pedal is depressedrepeatedly. This is a pump pulsatingsound of the brake system, and it is nota malfunction.

In the following conditions, you may heara motor sound in the engine compartment.

! The brake pedal is depressed when thehybrid system is turned off.

! The driver’s door is opened.

! For a few seconds after the hybridsystem is “OFF” and about 90 secondshave passed.

The brake pedal stroke may be shortwhen you press the “POWER” switch withthe brake pedal depressed.

Brake system

212

CAUTION

! Do not pump the brake pedal if thehybrid system is not operating.Each push on the pedal uses upyour reserved brake fluid pressure.

! Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willincrease.

ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

The anti−lock brake system is designedto automatically help prevent lock−up ofthe wheels during a sudden braking orbraking on slippery road surfaces. Thisassists in providing directional stabilityand steering performance of the vehicleunder these circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brakepedal: When the anti−lock brake systemfunction is in action, the slip indicator inthe instrument cluster flashes and youwill hear a noise. In this situation, to letthe anti−lock brake system work for you,just hold the brake pedal down morefirmly. Do not pump the brake in a panicstop. This will result in reduced brakingperformance.

The anti−lock brake system becomes op-erative after the vehicle has acceleratedto a speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Depressing the brake pedal on slipperyroad surfaces such as on a manhole cov-er, a steel plate at a construction site,joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy daytends to activate the anti−lock brake sys-tem.

When the anti−lock brake system is ac-tivated, the following condition may oc-cur. They do not indicate a malfunctionof the system:

! You may hear the anti−lock brake sys-tem operating and the vibrations of thevehicle body and steering wheel. Youmay also hear the motor sound in theengine compartment even after the ve-hicle is stopped.

213

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti−lockbrake system: Although the anti−lockbrake system assists in providing ve-hicle control, it is still important todrive with all due care and maintaina moderate speed and safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you, be-cause there are limits to the vehiclestability and effectiveness of steeringwheel operation even with the anti−lock brake system on.

If tire grip performance exceeds itscapability, or if hydroplaning occursduring high speed driving in the rain,the anti−lock brake system does notprovide vehicle control.

Anti−lock brake system is not de-signed to shorten the stopping dis-tance: Always drive at a moderatespeed and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Compared with vehicles without ananti−lock brake system, your vehiclemay require a longer stopping dis-tance in the following cases:

! Driving on rough, gravel or snow−covered roads.

! Driving with tire chains installed.

! Driving over the steps such as thejoints on the road.

! Driving on roads where the roadsurface is pitted or has other differ-ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size atappropriate pressure: The anti−lockbrake system detects vehicle speedsusing the speed sensors for respec-tive wheels’ turning speeds. The useof tires other than specified may failto detect the accurate turning speed,resulting in a longer stopping dis-tance.

30p002b

Vehicle sold in U.S.A.

30p007b

Vehicle sold in Canada

214

“ABS” warning light

The light comes on when the “IG−ON”mode is enabled. If the anti−lock brakesystem works properly, the light turnsoff after the “READY” light comes on.Thereafter, if the system malfunctions,the light comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditions oc-curs, this indicates a malfunction some-where in the components monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

! The light does not come on when the“IG−ON” mode is enabled, or the“READY” light remains on.

! The light comes on while you are driv-ing.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the red brake systemwarning light, immediately stop yourvehicle at a safe place and contactyour Toyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

Either of the following conditions mayoccur, but does not indicate a malfunc-tion:

! The light may stay on for about 60seconds after the “IG−ON” mode is en-abled. It is normal if it turns off aftera while.

! Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal ifit turns off after a few seconds.

BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM

When you slam the brakes on, thebrake assist system judges as an emer-gency stop and provides more powerfulbraking for a driver who cannot holddown the brake pedal firmly.

When you slam the brakes on, more pow-erful braking will be applied. At this time,you may hear a sound in the enginecompartment. This does not indicate amalfunction.

The brake assist system becomes opera-tive after the vehicle has accelerated toa speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

For an explanation of this system’s warn-ing light, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” on page 117.

215

The electric power steering system, us-ing an electric motor, assists the turn-ing of the steering wheel.

In the following cases, you may feel thesteering becomes heavy. However, theelectric power steering system warninglight does not come on. (Because it isnot a malfunction.)

! When maneuvering the steering fre-quently or keeping the steering wheelturned fully while the vehicle is stoppedor moving very slowly

The power steering effect will be re-duced to prevent the system from over-heating. Avoid turning the steeringwheel, or stop the vehicle. When youleave the vehicle in the “IG−ON” modefor a while, the system will becomecool.

NOTICE

If you repeat the operation which willturn on the overheating preventionfunction, the electric power steeringsystem may be damaged.

! When the auxiliary battery is dis-charged

Check the auxiliary battery’s condition.If necessary, recharge or replace thebattery. For details, see “Checking aux-iliary battery condition” on page 300.

! When the steering wheel is operatedwith the hybrid system not to be turnedon (with the “READY” light off)

The auxiliary battery capacity is de-creased temporarily. The system re-turns to normal some time after thehybrid system is turned on.

If there is a problem somewhere in theelectric power steering system, the warn-ing light comes on in the multi−informationdisplay. For details, see “Multi−informationdisplay” on page 124.

30p003

The brake pad wear limit indicators onyour disc brakes give a warning noisewhen the brake pads are worn to wherereplacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noisewhile driving, have the brake padschecked and replaced by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-tor damage can result if the pads are notreplaced when necessary.

Electric power steering systemBrake pad wear limitindicators

216

30p004b

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the legal identifier for your vehicle.This number is on the left top of theinstrument panel, and can be seenthrough the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification numberfor your Toyota. It is used in registeringthe ownership of your vehicle.

30p005b

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isalso on the Certification Label.

30p006b

Engine number

Motor number

The engine and motor number platesare installed on the engine and trans-axle case as shown.

Your Toyota’s identification——Vehicle identification number —Engine and motor number

217

Theft prevention labelsYour new vehicle carries theft preven-tion labels which are approximately 47mm (1.85 in.) by 12 mm (0.47 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reducethe incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-ing the tracing and recovery of parts fromstolen vehicles. The label is designed sothat once it is applied to a surface, anyattempt to remove it will result in destroy-ing the integrity of the label. Transferringthese labels intact from one part to anoth-er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove thetheft prevention labels as it may vio-late certain state or federal laws.

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassiswith lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. Itcan cause dangerous handling charac-teristics, resulting in loss of control.

Suspension and chassis

218

This illustration indicates typical tiresymbols.1. Tire size—For details, see “Tire

size” on page 222.2. DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)—For details, see“DOT and Tire Identification Num-ber (TIN)” on page 221.

3. Location of tread wear indica-tors—For details, see “Checkingand replacing tires” on page 293.

4. Tire ply composition and materi-als—Plies mean a layer of rubber−coated parallel cords. Cords meanthe strands forming the plies in thetire.

5. Summer tire or all seasontire—An all season tire has “M+S”on the sidewall. A tire not markedwith “M+S” is a summer tire. Fordetails, see “Types of tires” onpage 231.

Tire information——Tire symbols (Standard tire)

30p101

219

6. Radial tires or bias−ply tires—Aradial tire has “RADIAL” on thesidewall. The tire not marked with“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

7. “TUBELESS” or “TUBE TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not have atube inside the tire and air is direct-ly filled in the tire. A tube type tirehas a tube inside the tire and thetube maintains the air pressure.

8. Load limit at maximum cold tireinflation pressure—For details,see “Checking and replacing tires”on page 293.

9. Maximum cold tire inflationpressure—This means the pres-sure to which a tire may be in-flated. For recommended cold tireinflation pressure, see “Tires” onpage 315.

10. Uniform tire quality grading—For details, see “Uniform tire quali-ty grading” that follows.

220

This illustration indicates typical tiresymbols.1. “TEMPORARY USE ONLY”—A

compact spare tire is identified bythe phrase “TEMPORARY USEONLY” molded into its sidewall.This tire is designed for temporaryemergency use only. For details,see “Compact spare tire” on page248.

2. Tire size—For details, see “Tiresize” on page 222.

3. DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)—For details, see“DOT and Tire Identification Num-ber (TIN)” on page 221.

4. Location of tread wear indica-tors—For details, see “Checkingand replacing tires” on page 293.

5. Load limit at maximum cold tireinflation pressure—For details,see “Checking and replacing tires”on page 293.

—Tire symbols (Compact spare tire)

30p104a

221

6. Maximum cold tire inflationpressure—This means the pres-sure to which a tire may be in-flated. For recommended cold tireinflation pressure, see “Tires” onpage 315.

7. Tire ply composition and materi-als—Plies mean a layer of rubber−coated parallel cords. Cords meanthe strands forming the plies in thetire.

8. “TUBELESS” or “TUBE TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not have atube inside the tire and air is direct-ly filled in the tire. A tube type tirehas a tube inside the tire and thetube maintains the air pressure.

9. Radial tires or bias−ply tires—Aradial tire has “RADIAL” on thesidewall. The tire not marked with“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

21A009a

This illustration indicates typical DOTand Tire Identification Number (TIN).1. “DOT” symbol2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)3. Tire manufacturer ’s identification

mark4. Tire size code5. Manufacturer ’s optional tire type

code6. Manufacturing week7. Manufacturing year

The “DOT” symbol certifies that thetire conforms to applicable FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)

222

30p102

This illustration indicates typical tiresize.1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,

T=Temporary use)2. Section width (in millimeters)3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section

width)4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,

D=Diagonal)5. Wheel diameter (in inches)6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one

letter)

21A007a

1. Section width2. Tire height3. Wheel diameter

21A006a

1. Bead2. Sidewall3. Shoulder4. Tread5. Belt6. Inner liner7. Reinforcing rubber8. Carcass9. Rim lines

10. Bead wires11. Chafer

—Tire size —Name of each section of tire

223

—Uniform tire quality gradingThis information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issuedby the National Highway Traffic Safe-ty Administration of the U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation. It providesthe purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Toyota vehicles with in-formation on uniform tire quality grad-ing.Your Toyota dealer will help answerany questions you may have as youread this information.DOT quality grades—All passengercar tires must conform to FederalSafety Requirements in addition tothese grades. Quality grades canbe found where applicable on thetire sidewall between tread shoul-der and maximum section width.For example: Treadwear 200 Trac-tion AA Temperature A.

Tread wear—The tread wear gradeis a comparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when tested un-der controlled conditions on a speci-fied government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wearone and a half (1−1/2) times as wellon the government course as a tiregraded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actualconditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving hab-its, service practices and differencesin road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C—The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C, and they representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-ment as measured under controlledconditions on specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt and concrete.A tire marked C may have poor trac-tion performance.Warning: The traction grade assignedto this tire is based on braking(straight ahead) traction tests anddoes not include cornering (turning)traction.

224

Temperature A, B, C—The tempera-ture grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resis-tance to the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of per-formance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.Warning: The temperature grades forthis tire are established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, either sep-arately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure.

225

Tire related term Meaning

Cold tire inflation pressure tire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked at least 3 hours ormore, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mile under that condition

Maximum inflation pressure the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and shownon the sidewall of the tire

Recommended inflation pressure cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Accessory weight

the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced)of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power windows, pow-er seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items are available asfactory−installed equipment (whether installed or not)

Curb weightthe weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximumcapacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air conditioning and addi-tional weight optional engine

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

the sum of—(a) curb weight;(b) accessory weight;(c) vehicle capacity weight; and(d) production options weight

Normal occupant weight 68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the second columnof Table 1 that follows

—Glossary of tire terminology

226


Production options weight

the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace, not pre-viously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy dutybrakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim

Vehicle capacity weight(Total load capacity)

the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s desig-nated seating capacity

Intended outboard sidewall

(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeperthan the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or

(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle

Occupant distribution distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table1 that follows

Rim a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beadsare seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation rim diameter and width

Rim type designation the industry of manufacturer ’s designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle maximum load on the tire the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two

227


Vehicle normal load on the tirethe load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two

Weather side the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

Table 1– Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities

Designated seating capacity, numberof occupants

Vehicle normal load, number of occu-pants

Occupant distribution in a normallyloaded vehicle

2 through 4 2 2 in front

5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat

228

Vehicle load limits include total loadcapacity, seating capacity, towing ca-pacity and cargo capacity. Follow theload limits shown below.Total load capacity:

379 kg (835 lb.)Total load capacity means combinedweight of occupants, cargo and lug-gage.Seating capacity:

Total 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)Seating capacity means the maximumnumber of occupants whose esti-mated average weight is 68 kg (150lb.) per person. Depending on theweight of each person, the seating ca-pacity given may exceed the totalload capacity.

NOTICE

Even if the number of occupantsare within the seating capacity,do not exceed the total load ca-pacity.

Towing capacityToyota does not recommend towinga trailer with your vehicle. Your ve-hicle is not designed for trailer towing.Cargo capacityCargo capacity may increase or de-crease depending on the size (weight)and the number of occupants. For de-tails, see “Capacity and distribution”that follows.

CAUTION

Do not apply the load more thaneach load limit. That may causenot only damage to the tires, butalso deterioration to the steeringability and braking ability, whichmay cause an accident.

When stowing cargo and luggage inthe vehicle, observe the following:! Put cargo and luggage in the lug-

gage compartment when at allpossible. Be sure all items are se-cured in place.

! Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-anced. Locating the weight as farforward as possible helps maintainbalance.

! For better fuel economy, do notcarry unneeded weight.

CAUTION

! To prevent cargo and luggagefrom sliding forward duringbraking, do not stack anythingin the luggage compartment.Keep cargo and luggage low,as close to the floor as pos-sible.

Vehicle load limitsCargo and luggage——Stowage precautions

229

! Never allow anyone to ride inthe luggage compartment. It isnot designed for passengers.They should ride in their seatswith their seat belts properlyfastened. Otherwise, they aremuch more likely to suffer seri-ous bodily injury, in the eventof sudden braking or a colli-sion.

! Do not place anything on theluggage cover. Such items maybe thrown about and possiblyinjure people in the vehicleduring sudden braking or anaccident. Secure all items in asafe place.

! Do not drive with objects lefton top of the instrument panel.They may interfere with thedriver’s field of view. Or theymay move during sharp vehicleacceleration or turning, and im-pair the driver’s control of thevehicle. In an accident theymay injure the vehicle occu-pants.

NOTICE

Do not load the vehicle beyondthe vehicle capacity weight giv-en in Section 9.

Cargo capacity depends on the to-tal weight of the occupants.(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capac-ity) – (Total weight of occupants)STEPS FOR DETERMINING COR-RECT LOAD LIMIT1. Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants and car-go should never exceed XXXpounds” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kilograms or XXX pounds.

—Capacity and distribution

230

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example,if the “XXX” amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400–750 (5x150)=650 lbs).

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your ve-hicle.

Toyota does not recommend towinga trailer with your vehicle. Your ve-hicle is not designed for trailer towing.

Total loadcapacity

Cargocapacity

EXAMPLE ON YOUR VEHICLEIn case that 2 people with the com-bined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.) areriding in your vehicle with the totalload capacity of 379 kg (835 lb.), theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity will be as follows:379 kg – 166 kg = 213 kg.(835 lb. – 366 lb. = 469 lb.)From this condition, if 3 more passen-gers with the combined weight of 176kg (388 lb.) get on, the available car-go and luggage load will be reducedas follows:

231

213 kg – 176 kg = 37 kg.(469 lb. – 388 lb. = 81 lb.)As shown in the above example, if thenumber of occupants increases, thecargo and luggage load equaling thecombined weight of occupants whogot on later must be reduced. In otherwords, if the increase in the numberof occupants causes the excess ofthe total load capacity (combinedweight of occupants plus cargo andluggage load), you have to reduce thecargo and luggage on your vehicle.For details about total load capacity,see “Vehicle load limits” on page 228.

CAUTION

Even if the total load of occu-pant’s weight and the cargo loadis less than the total load capac-ity, do not apply the load uneven-ly. That may cause not only dam-age to the tire but also deteriora-tion to the steering ability due tounbalance of the vehicle, causingan accident.

Types of tiresDetermine what kind of tires yourvehicle is originally equipped with.1. All season tiresAll season tires are designed to pro-vide better traction in snow and to beadequate for driving in most winterconditions, as well as for use all yearround.All season tires, however, do not haveadequate traction performancecompared with snow tires in heavy orloose snow. Also, all season tires fallshort in acceleration and handlingperformance compared with summertires in highway driving.

232

2. Summer tiresSummer tires are high−speed capabil-ity tires best suited to highway drivingunder dry conditions.Since summer tires do not have thesame traction performance as snowtires, summer tires are inadequate fordriving on snow−covered or icy roads.For driving on snow−covered or icyroads, we recommend using snowtires. If installing snow tires, be sureto replace all four tires.The details about how to distinguishsummer tires from all season tires aredescribed on page 218.

CAUTION

! Do not mix summer and all sea-son tires on your vehicle asthis can cause dangerous han-dling characteristics, resultingin loss of control.

! Do not use tire other than themanufacturer’s designatedtires, and never mix tires orwheels of the sizes differentfrom the originally equippedtires and wheels.

233

STARTING AND DRIVINGBefore starting the hybrid system 234. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to start the hybrid system 234. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for driving in various conditionss 236. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dinghy towing 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer towing 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer, too 239. . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4

234

1. Check the area around the vehicle be-fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,head restraint height and steeringwheel angle.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear viewmirrors.

4. Lock all doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

When you get in the vehicle, checkwhether the “READY” light is on ornot.

CAUTION

Your vehicle does not produce anynoise or vibration when the vehicle isready to be driven with the “READY”light on. Move your foot carefullyfrom the brake pedal to the accelera-tion pedal when driving.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-sories.

3. Depress the brake pedal and hold itto the floor until driving off.

40p102a

Before starting the hybrid system, be sureto follow the instructions in “(a) Beforestarting the hybrid system”.

Normal starting procedure

Carry the key and press the “POWER”switch briefly and firmly with the brakepedal depressed. The “READY” light startsblinking. After a few seconds, the blinking“READY” light remains on and two beepssound. (If the ambient temperature is low,such as during winter driving conditions,it may take time until the “READY” lightis on.)


Before starting the hybridsystem

How to start the hybridsystem— (a) Before startingthe hybrid system

(b) Turning on the hybridsystem (Using the smartfunction—on some models)

235


When the hybrid system is started orstopped, you may hear a sound comingfrom the hybrid vehicle battery in the lug-gage compartment. However, this does notindicate any trouble.

If there is a problem somewhere in thehybrid system, the hybrid system malfunc-tion warning light will come on in place ofthe “READY” light. If this happens, contactyour Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Never start the hybrid system fromoutside the vehicle, or an accidentmay occur. Be sure to sit on the driv-er seat, then start the system whendriving.

NOTICE

! The hybrid system cannot bestarted when the shift position is“N”. Be sure to put it in “P” andthen start the system.

! If any warning light comes on (Seepage 117 for details.) or the auxilia-ry battery is disconnected, the hy-brid system may not start by push-ing the “POWER” switch. In thatcase, push it once again. If the“READY” light does not come on,contact your Toyota dealer.

! When you start the hybrid systemat a lowered outside temperature, itmay take longer before the blinking“READY” light changes to stay on.

40p002c

Before starting the hybrid system, be sureto follow the instructions in “(a) Beforestarting the hybrid system”.

Normal starting procedure

Insert the key and press the “POWER”switch briefly and firmly with the brakepedal depressed. The “READY” light startsblinking. After a few seconds, the blinking“READY” light remains on and two beepssound. (If the ambient temperature is low,such as during winter driving conditions,it may take time until the “READY” lightis on.)


(b) Turning on the hybridsystem (Using the key)

236


When the hybrid system is started orstopped, you may hear a sound comingfrom the hybrid vehicle battery in the lug-gage compartment. However, this does notindicate any trouble.

If there is a problem somewhere in thehybrid system, the hybrid system malfunc-tion warning light will come on in place ofthe “READY” light. If this happens, contactyour Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Never start the hybrid system fromoutside the vehicle, or an accidentmay occur. Be sure to sit on the driv-er seat, then start the system whendriving.

NOTICE

! The hybrid system cannot bestarted when the shift position is“N”. Be sure to put it in “P” andthen start the system.

! If any warning light comes on (Seepage 117 for details.) or the auxilia-ry battery is disconnected, the hy-brid system may not start by push-ing the “POWER” switch. In thatcase, push it once again. If the“READY” light does not come on,contact your Toyota dealer.

! When you start the hybrid systemat a lowered outside temperature, itmay take longer before the blinking“READY” light changes to stay on.

! Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.This will allow you much better control.

! Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-sible, at a right angle. Avoid drivingonto high, sharp−edged objects andother road hazards. Failure to do socan lead to severe tire damage suchas a tire burst.Drive slowly when passing over bumpsor travelling on a bumpy road. Other-wise, the impact could cause severedamage to the tires and/or wheels.

! When parking on a hill, turn the frontwheels until they touch the curb sothat the vehicle will not roll. Apply theparking brake, and put the hybridtransaxle “P”. If necessary, block thewheels.

! Washing your vehicle or driving throughdeep water may get the brakes wet. Tosee whether they are wet, check thatthere is no traffic near you, and thenpress the pedal lightly. If you do notfeel a normal braking force, the brakesare probably wet. To dry them, drivethe vehicle cautiously while lightlypressing the brake pedal with the park-ing brake applied. If they still do notwork safely, pull to the side of the roadand call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

Tips for driving in variousconditions

237

CAUTION

! Before driving off, make sure theparking brake is fully released andthe parking brake reminder light isoff.

! Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended with the “READY” light on.

! Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. It can causedangerous overheating, needlesswear, and poor fuel economy.

! To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andnot work properly.

! Be careful when accelerating orbraking on a slippery surface. Sud-den acceleration or engine braking,could cause the vehicle to skid orspin.

! Do not drive in excess of the speedlimit. Even if the legal speed limitpermits it, do not drive over 140km/h (85 mph) unless your vehiclehas high−speed capability tires.Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph)may result in tire failure, loss ofcontrol and possible injury. Be sureto consult a tire dealer to determinewhether the tires on your vehicleare high−speed capability tires ornot before driving at such speeds.

! Do not continue normal drivingwhen the brakes are wet. If they arewet, your vehicle will require a lon-ger stopping distance, and it maypull to one side when the brakesare applied. Also, the parking brakewill not hold the vehicle securely.

Make sure you have a proper freezeprotection for engine coolant.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,and non−borate coolant with long−lifehybrid organic acid technology. (Coolantwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)

See “Checking the coolant level” on page288 for details of coolant type selection.

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and50% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −35"C(−31"F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and45% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −42"C(−44"F).

NOTICE

Do not use plain water alone.

Winter driving tips

238

Check the condition of the auxiliarybattery and cables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity ofany auxiliary battery, so it must be in topshape to provide enough power for winterstarting. Section 8−3 tells you how tovisually inspect the auxiliary battery. YourToyota dealer will be pleased to check thelevel of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for the cold weather.

See page 287 for recommended viscosity.Leaving a heavy summer oil in your ve-hicle during winter months may causeharder starting. If you are not sure aboutwhich oil to use, call your Toyota deal-er—they will be pleased to help.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into thelocks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti−freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyotadealer and most auto parts stores. Followthe manufacturer’s directions for howmuch to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Do not use your parking brake whenthere is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, push the “P” positionswitch and block the rear wheels. Do notuse the parking brake, for snow or wateraccumulated in and around the parkingbrake mechanism may freeze, making ithard to release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulatingunder the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenderscan make steering difficult. During extremewinter driving, stop and check under thefenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,we recommend you carry some emer-gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in thevehicle are tire chains, window scraper,bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,jumper cables, etc.

40p050b

Your vehicle is not designed to bedinghy towed (with four wheels on theground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with fourwheels on the ground. This maycause serious damage to your ve-hicle.

Dinghy towing

239

40p003b

Toyota does not recommend towing atrailer with your Toyota. It is not de-signed for trailer towing.

Improving fuel economy is easy−just takeit easy. It will help make your vehicle lastlonger, too. Here are some specific tipson how to save money on both fuel andrepairs:

! Keep your tires inflated at the cor-rect pressure. Underinflation causestire wear and wastes fuel. See page291 for instructions.

! Do not carry unneeded weight inyour vehicle. Excess weight puts aheavier load on the engine, causinggreater fuel consumption.

! Accelerate slowly and smoothly.Avoid jackrabbit starts.

! Avoid continuous speeding up andslowing down. Stop−and−go drivingwastes power.

! Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a steady pace. Tryto time the traffic signals so you onlyneed to stop as little as possible ortake advantage of through streets toavoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-den braking. This will also reduce wearon your brakes.

! Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jamswhenever possible.

! Do not rest your foot on brake ped-al. This causes premature wear, over-heating and poor fuel economy.

! Maintain a moderate speed on high-ways. The faster you drive, the greaterthe fuel consumption. By reducing yourspeed, you will cut down on fuel con-sumption.

! Keep the front wheels in properalignment. Avoid hitting the curb andslow down on rough roads. Improperalignment not only causes faster tirewear but also puts an extra load onthe engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

! Keep the bottom of your vehicle freefrom mud, etc. This not only lessensweight but also helps prevent corro-sion.

! Keep your vehicle tuned−up and intop shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oiland grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.all lower engine performance and con-tribute to poor fuel economy. For longerlife of all parts and lower operatingcosts, keep all maintenance work onschedule, and if you often drive undersevere conditions, see that your ve-hicle receives more frequent mainte-nance.

Trailer towingHow to save fuel and makeyour vehicle last longer, too

240

CAUTION

Never turn off the hybrid system tocoast down hills. Your power steeringand brake booster will not functionwithout the hybrid system running.Also, the emission control system op-erates properly only when the hybridsystem is running.

241

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIf your vehicle will not start 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your hybrid system stalls while driving 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle overheatss 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you lose your keys 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot operate back door opener 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 5

242

Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct startingprocedure given in “How to start thehybrid system” on page 234 and that youhave sufficient fuel. Also check whetherthe other keys will start the hybridsystem. If they work, your key may bebroken. Have the key checked at yourToyota dealer. If none of your keys work,there may be a malfunction in the hybridvehicle immobilizer system. Call yourToyota dealer. (See “Keys” on page 20.)

If the instrument cluster dims or theinstrument cluster display turns offwith the hybrid system on—

1. Check that the auxiliary battery termi-nals are tight and clean.

2. If the auxiliary battery terminals areO.K., the auxiliary battery is dis-charged. You may try jump starting.See “(b) Jump starting” for further in-structions.

NOTICE

Hybrid vehicles cannot be push−started.

If the instrument cluster is shown inappropriate brightness with the hybridsystem is in the “IG−ON” mode—

The hybrid vehicle system is suspected tobe faulty. Contact your Toyota dealer.

If the auxiliary battery is discharged,the hybrid system can be started byjump starting. Depending on the vehiclecondition, the engine may not start.

To avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If the auxiliary battery is discharged, youcannot access to the auxiliary battery inthe luggage compartment because theback door cannot be opened. Use the ex-clusive jump starting terminal in the en-gine compartment. For details, see “JUMPSTARTING PROCEDURE” on page 243.

NOTICE

If the auxiliary battery is dischargedwith the transaxle in “P”, your vehiclecannot be moved unless the frontwheels are raised. This is because thefront wheels are locked by means ofthe parking lock mechanism.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent qualifiedtechnician or towing service.

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks (b) Jump starting

243

CAUTION

! Booster battery contains sulfuricacid which is poisonous and corro-sive. Wear protective safety glasseswhen jump starting, and avoid spil-ling acid on your skin, clothing, orvehicle.

! If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water imme-diately. Then get immediate medicalattention. If possible, continue toapply water with a sponge or clothwhile en route to the medical office.

! The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.

NOTICE

! The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unlessyou are sure that the booster bat-tery is correct.

! After jump starting procedure, thehybrid system may not start bypushing the “POWER” switch. Inthat case, push it once again. If the“READY” light does not come on,contact your Toyota dealer.

50p049

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. Apply the parking brake and turn offthe headlight switch and interior light.

2. Turn off the hybrid system and removethe key if inserted.

3. Open the hood and fuse block covershown in the above illustration.

244

Exclusive jump startingterminal cover

4. Open the exclusive jump starting termi-nal cover.

5. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the ve-hicles are not touching. Turn off allunnecessary lights and accessories.

When boosting, use the battery ofmatching or higher quality. Any otherbattery may be difficult to jump startwith. If jump starting is difficult, chargethe battery for several minutes.

6. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster batteries. Lay a clothover the open vents on the batteries.(This helps reduce the explosion haz-ard, personal injuries and burns.)

7. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting, run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

50p044c

Boosterbattery

Exclusive jump starting terminal

Jumpercable

Positive terminal (“+” mark)

8. Connect the jumper cables in the ordera, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the exclusivejump starting terminal.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on thebooster battery.

245

50p045c

Boosterbattery

Negative terminal (“–” mark)

Jumpercable

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) jumper cable to the negative(–) terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cableto a solid, stationary, unpainted, me-tallic point of the vehicle with thedischarged battery.

The recommended connecting point isshown in the following illustration:

50p080a

Connecting point

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

9. Charge the discharged battery with thejumper cables connected for approxi-mately 5 minutes. At this time, run theengine in the vehicle with the boosterbattery at about 2000 rpm with the ac-celerator pedal lightly depressed.

10. Start the hybrid system. Make sure the“READY” light is on. If the hybrid ve-hicle battery warning light comes on inthe multi−information display, the hybridvehicle battery is also discharged. Con-tact your Toyota dealer.

11. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

12. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

13. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your auxiliary battery dis-charging is not apparent (for example,lights left on), you should have it checkedat your Toyota dealer.

If the first start attempt is not success-ful...

Check that the clamp on the jumpercables are tight. Recharge the dischargedbattery with the jumper cables connectedfor several minutes and restart your hybridsystem in the normal way.

If the another attempt is not successful,the battery may be depleted. Have itchecked at your Toyota dealer.

246

If your hybrid system stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try starting the hybrid system again.

If the hybrid system will not start, see “Ifyour vehicle will not start” on page 242.

CAUTION

If the hybrid system is not operating,the power assist for the brakes andsteering will not work so steering andbraking will be much harder than usu-al.

If your high coolant temperature warn-ing light comes on, if you experience aloss of power, or if you hear a loudknocking or pinging noise, the hybridsystem has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Push the “P” position switchand apply the parking brake. Turn offthe air conditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the hybridsystem. Wait until the steam subsidesbefore opening the hood. If there is nocoolant boiling over or steam, leave thehybrid system running and make surethe electric cooling fan is operating. Ifit is not, turn the hybrid system off.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the hybrid system is running,keep hands and clothing away fromthe moving fan and engine drivebelts.

4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the hy-brid system immediately. Call a Toyotadealer for assistance.

5. If there are no obvious leaks, checkthe coolant reservoir. If it is dry, addcoolant to the reservoir while the hy-brid system is running. Fill it about halffull.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiatorcap when the hybrid system and ra-diator are hot. Serious injury couldresult from scalding hot fluid andsteam blown out under pressure.

If your hybrid system stallswhile driving If your vehicle overheats

247

6. After the coolant temperature hascooled to normal, again check the cool-ant level in the reservoir. If necessary,bring it up to half full again. Seriouscoolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

1. Reduce your speed gradually,keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe placewell away from the traffic. Avoidstopping on the center divider ofa highway. Park on a level spotwith firm ground.

2. Stop the hybrid system and turnon your emergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake.4. Have everyone get out of the ve-

hicle on the side away from traffic.5. Read the following instructions

thoroughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observethe following to reduce the possi-bility of personal injury:! Follow jacking instructions.! Do not put any part of your

body under a vehicle sup-ported by a jack. Personal inju-ry may occur.

! Do not start or run the hybridsystem while your vehicle issupported by the jack.

! Stop the vehicle at a level firmground, firmly set the parkingbrake. Block the wheel diago-nally opposite to the one beingchanged if necessary.

If you have a flat tire—

248

! Make sure to set the jack prop-erly in the jack point. Raisingthe vehicle with jack improper-ly positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow the ve-hicle to fall off the jack andcause personal injury.

! Never get under the vehiclewhen the vehicle is supportedby the jack alone.

! Use the jack only for liftingyour vehicle during wheelchanging.

! Do not raise the vehicle withsomeone in the vehicle.

! When raising the vehicle, donot place any objects on topof or underneath the jack.

! Raise the vehicle only highenough to remove and changethe tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with adeflated tire. Driving even ashort distance can damage atire and wheel beyond repair. 50p007a

Compact spare tireThe compact spare tire is designedfor temporary emergency use only.The compact spare tire is identifiedby the distinctive wording “TEM-PORARY USE ONLY” molded into theside wall of the tire.The compact spare tire saves spacein your luggage compartment, and itslighter weight helps to improve fueleconomy and permits easier installa-tion in case of a flat tire.

249

The compact spare tire can be usedmany times, if necessary. It has treadlife of up to 4800 km (3000 miles) de-pending on road conditions and yourdriving habits. When tread wear indi-cators appear on the tire, replace thetire.See also the tire information on page293 for details on the tread wear indi-cators and other service information.

CAUTION

! The compact spare tire was de-signed especially for your To-yota. Do not use it on any othervehicle.

! Do not use more than one com-pact spare tire at the sametime.

! Do not exceed 80 km/h (50mph) when driving with thecompact spare tire.

! Replace the compact spare tirewith the standard tire as soonas possible.

! Avoid sudden acceleration,sudden deceleration and sharpturns with the compact sparetire.

NOTICE

Your ground clearance is re-duced when the compact sparetire is installed so avoid drivingover obstacles and drive slowlyon rough, unpaved roads andspeed bumps. Also, do not at-tempt to go through an auto-matic car wash as the vehiclemay get caught, resulting indamage.

250

50p008c

1. Get the required tools and sparetire.1 Wheel nut wrench2 Jack handle3 Jack4 Spare tire

To open the luggage storage box, see“Luggage storage box” on page 199.To prepare yourself for an emergency,you should familiarize yourself withthe use of the jack, each of the toolsand their storage locations.

50p009a

To remove the jack, unlock the tight-ening strap.To store the jack, make sure it is se-curely held by the tightening strap.

50p010e

To remove the spare tire:1. Remove the luggage storage box.2. Loosen the bolt and remove it.3. Remove the jack box.Then take the spare tire out of thevehicle.When storing the spare tire, put it inplace with the inner side of the wheelfacing up. Then secure the tire by re-peating the above removal steps inreverse order to prevent it from flyingforward during a collision or suddenbraking.

—Required tools and sparetire

251

When installing the jack box, align thearrows on the jack box with the oneson the body.

50p011b

2. Block the wheel diagonally op-posite the flat tire to keep thevehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

When chocking the wheel, place awheel block in front of one of the frontwheels or behind one of the rearwheels.

50p013d

3. Loosen all the wheel nuts.Always loosen the wheel nuts beforeraising the vehicle.Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwiseto loosen them. To get maximum le-verage, fit the wrench to the nut sothat the handle is on the right side,as shown above. Grab the wrenchnear the end of the handle and pullup on the handle. Be careful that thewrench does not slip off the nut.Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-screw them about one−half turn.

—Blocking the wheel —Loosening wheel nuts

252

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. The nuts may loos-en and the wheels may fall off,which could cause a serious ac-cident.

50p014e

4. Position the jack at the jackpoints as shown.

Make sure the jack is positioned ona level and solid place.

50p015c

5. After making sure no one is inthe vehicle, raise it high enoughso that the spare tire can beinstalled.

Remember you will need more groundclearance when putting on the sparetire than when removing the flat tire.To raise the vehicle, insert the jackhandle into the jack (it is a loose fit)and turn it clockwise. As the jacktouches the vehicle and begins to lift,double−check that it is properly posi-tioned.

—Positioning the jack —Raising your vehicle

253

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by thejack alone.

50p016a

6. Remove the wheel nuts andchange tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put itaside.Roll the spare wheel into position andalign the holes in the wheel with thebolts. Then lift up the wheel and getat least the top bolt started throughits hole. Wiggle the tire and press itback over the other bolts.

50p017c

Before putting on wheels, remove anycorrosion on the mounting surfaceswith a wire brush or such. Installationof wheels without good metal−to−met-al contact at the mounting surface cancause wheel nuts to loosen and even-tually cause a wheel to come off whiledriving.

—Changing wheels

254

50p018c

7. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fin-ger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered endinward) and tighten them as much asyou can by hand. Press back on thetire and see if you can tighten themmore.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. Doing so may leadto overtightening the nuts anddamaging the bolts. The nutsmay loosen and the wheels mayfall off, which could cause a seri-ous accident. If there is oil orgrease on any bolt or nut, cleanit.

50p019c

8. Lower the vehicle completelyand tighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle counterclock-wise to lower the vehicle.Use only the wheel nut wrench totighten the nuts. Do not use othertools or any additional leverage otherthan your hands, such as a hammer,pipe or your foot. Make sure thewrench is securely engaged over thenut.Tighten each nut a little at a time inthe order shown. Repeat the processuntil all the nuts are tight.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts —Lowering your vehicle

255

CAUTION

! When lowering the vehicle,make sure all portions of yourbody and all other personsaround will not be injured asthe vehicle is lowered to theground.

! Have the wheel nuts tightenedwith torque wrench to 103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soonas possible after changingwheels. Otherwise, the nutsmay loosen and the wheelsmay fall off, which could causea serious accident.

9. Restow all the tools and jack se-curely. Then secure the flat tirein the luggage compartmentwith the tire tie−down belts andtie−down hooks as follows

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools and jack are securely inplace in their storage location toreduce the possibility of person-al injury during a collision orsudden braking. 1. Before stowing the flat tire, remove

the center wheel ornament bypushing from the reverse side.

Be careful not to lose the wheel orna-ment.

—Stowing flat tire

256

2. Put the flat tire on the center ofthe luggage storage box lid withthe outer side of the wheel facingup. Hook one ends of the belts tothe front tie−down hooks.

3. Pass the belts through the centerhole of the wheel as shown above.

4. Attach the other ends of the beltsto the rear tie−down hooks.

After stowing the flat tire, check thatthe tire and belts are secured.

257

CAUTION

! Make sure the rear seats are intheir original position.

! When carrying the flat tire, se-cure it using a tire tie−downbelts. Otherwise, the flat tiremay fly out in case of the sud-den braking or an accident, re-sulting in death or serious inju-ry.

10. Check the air pressure of the re-placed tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-cation designated on page 315. If thepressure is lower than specified, driveslowly to the nearest Toyota dealerand fill to the correct pressure.Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla-tion valve cap as dirt and moisturecould get into the valve core and pos-sibly cause air leakage. If the cap ismissing, have a new one put on assoon as possible.As soon as possible after changingwheels, tighten the wheel nuts to thetorque specified on page 315 with atorque wrench. Have a technician re-pair the flat tire.After repairing the flat tire, change itwith compact spare tire and reinstallthe wheel ornament.

CAUTION

Take due care in handling the or-nament to avoid unexpected per-sonal injury.

—After changing wheels

258

50p021a

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck——From front

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice. In consultation with them, haveyour vehicle towed using either (a) or(b).

Only when you cannot receive a towingservice from a Toyota dealer or com-mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-hicle carefully in accordance with theinstructions given in “—Emergency tow-ing” on page 259.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—Release the parking brake.

NOTICE

When lifting wheels, take care to en-sure adequate ground clearance fortowing at the opposite end of theraised vehicle. Otherwise, the under-body of the towed vehicle will bedamaged during towing.

From rear—Use a towing dolly under thefront wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle from the rearwith the front wheels on the ground,as this may cause serious damage tothe transmission.

(b) Using flat bed truck

If your vehicle needs to betowed—

259

50p022b

(c) Towing with sling type truck

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

50p035b

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to emergency towing eyelet in-side of front bumper. Use extremecaution when towing vehicles.

NOTICE

! Only use specified towing eyelet;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

! Never tow a vehicle from the rearwith four wheels on the ground.This may cause serious damage tothe transaxle.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard−surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

—Emergency towing

260

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing ve-hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erraticdriving maneuvers which would placeexcessive stress on the emergencytowing eyelet and towing cable orchain. The eyelet and towing cable orchain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing eyelet provided.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the hybrid transaxle in “N”. Thehybrid system must be in the “IG−ON”mode.

In the following cases, as the front wheelsmight be locked by means of the parkinglock mechanism, your vehicle cannot betowed by another vehicle using a rope.Have your vehicle carried with the frontwheels or all the wheels raised.

! If the parking mechanism fails.

! If the auxiliary battery is discharged.

CAUTION

If the hybrid system is not running,the power assist for the brakes andsteering will not work so steering andbraking will be much harder than usu-al.

50p046a

1. Remove the towing eyelet as shown inthe illustration.

—Installing towing eyelet

261

50p047a

2. Secure the towing eyelet to the hole onthe bumper by turning it clockwise.

50p048a

3. Tighten the towing eyelet securely bya wheel nut wrench.

CAUTION

When installing the eyelet on the ve-hicle, be sure to tighten the eyeletsecurely. If the eyelet is loose, it maycome off when being towed and re-sult in death or serious injury.

You can purchase a new key at yourToyota dealer if you can give them thekey number and master key.

Even if you lose only one key, contactyour Toyota dealer to make a new key. Ifyou lose all your master keys, you cannotmake new keys; the whole hybrid vehicleimmobilizer system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” onpage 20.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the smallest side window be-cause it is the least expensive to replace.Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts fromthe glass.

If you lose your keys

262

50p053a

If the back door opener does not oper-ate, you can open the back door fromthe inside.

To open the back door from inside, per-form the following procedure.

1. Open the luggage storage box (See“Luggage storage box” on page 199.)and remove the cover.

50p054a

2. Pull the lever with the back door mo-tor, open the back door.

Be sure to have the back door openerchecked/repaired by your Toyota dealer.

If you cannot operate backdoor opener

263

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CAREProtecting your Toyota from corrosion 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing and waxing your Toyota 265. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the interiorr 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 6

264

Toyota, through the diligent research, de-sign and use of the most advancedtechnology available, helps prevent corro-sion and provides you with the finest qual-ity vehicle construction. Now, it is up toyou. Proper care of your Toyota can helpensure long−term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosionto your vehicle are:

! The accumulation of road salt, dirt andmoisture in hard−to−reach areas underthe vehicle.

! Chipping of paint, or undercoatingcaused by minor accidents or bystones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you livein particular areas or operate your ve-hicle under certain environmental condi-tions:

! Road salt or dust control chemicals willaccelerate corrosion, as will the pres-ence of salt in the air near the sea−coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

! High humidity accelerates corrosion es-pecially when temperatures range justabove the freezing point.

! Wetness or dampness to certain partsof your vehicle for an extended periodof time, may cause corrosion eventhough other parts of the vehicle maybe dry.

! High ambient temperatures can causecorrosion to those components of thevehicle which do not dry quickly due tolack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keepyour vehicle, particularly the underside, asclean as possible and to repair any dam-age to paint or protective coatings assoon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on yourToyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, ofcourse, necessary to keep your vehicleclean by regular washing, but to preventcorrosion, the following points should beobserved:

! If you drive on salted roads in thewinter or if you live near the ocean,you should hose off the undercarriageat least once a month to minimize cor-rosion.

! Pay particular attention to the vehicle’sunderside and wheel housings as it isdifficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to simplywet the mud and debris without remov-ing. The lower edge of doors, rockerpanels and frame members have drainholes which should not be allowed toclog with dirt as trapped water in theseareas can cause corrosion.

! Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” formore tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’spaint and trim. If you find any chips orscratches in the paint, touch them up im-mediately to prevent corrosion from start-ing. If the chips or scratches have gonethrough the bare metal, have a qualifiedbody shop make the repair.

Protecting your Toyota fromcorrosion

265

Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-ter and dirt can accumulate under thefloor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-casionally check under the mats to makesure the area is dry. Be particularly care-ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should betransported in proper containers. If a spillor leak should occur, immediately cleanand dry the area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilatedgarage or a roofed place. Do not parkyour vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-lated garage. If you wash your vehicle inthe garage, or if you drive it covered withwater or snow, your garage may be sodamp and it will cause corrosion. Even ifyour garage is heated, a wet vehicle cancorrode if the ventilation is poor.

Your Toyota is a hybrid vehicle. Payparticular attention when washing yourToyota.

NOTICE

Before washing your Toyota, be sureto observe the following in order toavoid the risk of damage to your ve-hicle.

! Do not splash water on the electriccomponents in the engine compart-ment. This may cause the malfunc-tion of the electric components.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regularwashing.

The following cases may cause weaknessto the paint or corrosion to the body andparts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-sible.

! When driving in a coastal area

! When driving on a road sprinkled withantifreeze

! When having coal tar, tree sap, birddroppings and carcass of an insect

! When driving in the areas where thereis a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dustand chemical substances

! When the vehicle becomes remarkablydirty with dust and mud

Hand−washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until thevehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis,be careful not to injure your hands.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-move any mud or road salt from theunderside of the vehicle or in thewheel wells.

Washing and waxing your Toyota

266

2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,mixed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. Use a soft cotton mitt andkeep it wet by dipping it frequently intothe wash water. Do not rub hard—letthe soap and water remove the dirt.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plasticwheel ornaments are damaged easily byorganic substances. If any organic sub-stances splashes an ornament, be sure towash it off with water and check if theornament is damaged.

CAUTION

Do not attach the heavily damagedplastic wheel ornament. It may fly offthe wheel and cause accidents whilethe vehicle is moving.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soapor neutral detergent.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do notscrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumperfaces are soft.

Road tar: Remove with turpentine orcleaners that are marked safe for paintedsurfaces.

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (gaso-line kerosene, benzine or strong sol-vents) which may be toxic or causedamage.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap cancause streaking. In hot weather youmay need to rinse each section rightafter you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicleusing a clean soft cotton towel. Do notrub or press hard—you might scratchthe paint.

Automatic car wash

Your vehicle may be washed in an auto-matic car wash, but remember that thepaint can be scratched by some types ofbrushes, unfiltered washing water, or thewashing process itself. Scratching reducespaint durability and gloss, especially ondarker colors. The manager of the carwash should be able to advise you wheth-er the process is safe for the paint onyour vehicle.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the antenna,make sure to remove it before drivingyour Toyota through an automatic carwash.

267

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommendedto maintain the original beauty of yourToyota’s finish.

Apply wax once a month or if the vehiclesurface does not repel water well.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-fore you begin waxing, even if you areusing a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. Ifthe finish has become extremely weath-ered, use a car−cleaning polish, fol-lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions. Be sure to polish and waxthe chrome trim as well as the paint.

3. Wax the vehicle again when waterdoes not bead but remains on the sur-face in large patches.

NOTICE

Always remove the plastic bumpers ifyour vehicle is re−painted and placedin a high heat paint waxing booth.High temperatures could damage thebumpers.

CAUTION

! Do not wash the vehicle floor withwater, or allow water to get ontothe floor when cleaning the vehicleinterior or exterior. Water may getinto audio components or otherelectrical components above or un-der the floor carpet (or mat) andcause fire or malfunction; and itmay cause body corrosion.

! Vehicles with side airbags:Be careful not to splash water orspill liquid on the floor. This mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, resulting in seriousinjury.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easilycleaned with a mild soap or detergentand water.

First vacuum over the upholstery to re-move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge orsoft cloth, apply the soap solution to thevinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a fewminutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirtand wipe off the soap with a clean dampcloth. If all the dirt does not come off,repeat the procedure. Commercial foam-ing−type vinyl cleaners are also availablewhich work well. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions.

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasolineor window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam−type shampoo toclean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to removeas much dirt as possible. Several types offoam cleaners are available; some are inaerosol cans and others are powders orliquids which you mix with water to pro-duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.Rub in overlapping circles.

Cleaning the interior

268

Do not apply water—the best results areobtained by keeping the carpet as dry aspossible. Read the shampoo instructionsand follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned withmild soap and water or with lukewarmwater.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-ing, check the belts for excessive wear,fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

! Do not use dye or bleach on thebelts−it may weaken them.

! Do not use the belts until they be-come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with anyhousehold window cleaner.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires on the rearwindow.

Air conditioning control panel, audio,instrument panel, console panel, andswitches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

! Do not use organic substances (sol-vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discol-oring, staining or peeling of thesurface.

! If you use cleaners or polishingagents, make sure their ingredientsdo not include the substances men-tioned above.

! If you use a liquid car freshener, donot apply the liquid onto the ve-hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-tain the ingredients mentionedabove. Immediately clean any spillusing the method mentioned above.

269

Leather interior

The leather upholstery may be cleanedwith neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampenedwith 5% solution of neutral detergent forwool. Then thoroughly wipe off all tracesof detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of theleather gets wet, dry with a soft cleancloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-lated shaded area.

NOTICE

! If a stain should fail to come outwith a neutral detergent, apply acleaner that does not contain anorganic solvent.

! Never use organic substances suchas benzine, alcohol or gasoline, oralkaline or acid solutions for clean-ing the leather as these couldcause discoloring.

! Use of a nylon brush or syntheticfiber cloth, etc. may scratch thefine grained surface of the leather.

! Mildew may develop on soiled leath-er upholstery. Be especially carefulto avoid oil spots. Try to keep yourupholstery always clean.

! Long exposure to direct sunlightmay cause the leather surface toharden and shrink. Keep your ve-hicle in a shaded area, especially inthe summer.

! The interior of your vehicle is aptto heat up on hot summer days, soavoid placing on the upholsteryitems made of vinyl or plastic orcontaining wax as these tend tostick to leather when warm.

! Improper cleaning of the leather up-holstery could result in discolor-ation or staining.

If you have any questions about thecleaning of your Toyota, your localToyota dealer will be pleased to answerthem.

270

271

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CAREMaintenance requirements 272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need repairing?? 275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emissions inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs 276. . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

SECTION 7

272

Maintenance requirementsYour Toyota vehicle has been designed forfewer maintenance requirements with long-er service intervals to save both your timeand money. However, each regular mainte-nance, as well as day−to−day care, ismore important than ever before to ensuresmooth, trouble−free, safe, and economicaldriving.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure the specified maintenance, includinggeneral maintenance service, is performed.Note that both the new vehicle andemission control system warranties specifythat proper maintenance and care must beperformed. See “Owner’s WarrantyInformation Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement” for complete warrantyinformation.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day−to−day care practices that are important toyour vehicle for proper operation. It is theowner’s responsibility to ensure that thegeneral maintenance items are performedregularly.

These checks or inspections can be doneeither by yourself or a qualified technician,or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will bepleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are thoserequired to be serviced at regular inter-vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that only genuineToyota parts be used for maintenanceor for the repair of the emission con-trol system.

The owner may elect to use non−Toyotasupplied parts for replacement pur-poses without invalidating the emissioncontrol system warranty. However, useof replacement parts which are not ofequivalent quality may impair the effec-tiveness of the emission control sys-tems.

You may also elect to have mainte-nance, replacement, or repair of theemission control devices and systemperformed by any automotive repair es-tablishment or individual without invali-dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’sManual Supplement” for complete war-ranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well−trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in−dealershiptraining programs. They learn to work onToyotas before they work on your vehicle,rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyotadealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle–reliably and eco-nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof thatall required maintenance has been per-formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-lems should arise with your vehicle whileunder warranty, your Toyota dealer willpromptly take care of it. Again, be sureto keep a copy of the repair order for anyservice performed on your Toyota.

What about do−it−yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easyto do yourself if you have a little mechani-cal ability and a few basic automotivetools. Simple instructions for how to per-form them are presented in Section 8.

273

If you are a skilled do−it−yourselfmechanic, the Toyota service manuals arerecommended. Please be aware thatdo−it−yourself maintenance can affect yourwarranty coverage. See “Owner’s WarrantyInformation Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement” for the details.

General maintenanceListed below are the general maintenanceitems that should be performed as fre-quently as specified. In addition to check-ing the items listed, if you notice anyunusual noise, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-fied service shop immediately. It is recom-mended that any problem you notice bebrought to the attention of your dealer orthe qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only with ade-quate ventilation if you run the en-gine.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checkedfrom time to time, e.g. each time whenrefueling.

Washer fluidMake sure there is sufficient fluid in thetank. See page 304 for additional informa-tion.

Coolant levelMake sure the coolant level is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see−through reservoir when the hybrid systemis cold. See page 288 for additional infor-mation.

Radiator, condenser and hosesCheck that the front of the radiator andcondenser are clean and not blocked withleaves, dirt, or insects. See page 290 foradditional information.

Brake fluid levelMake sure the brake fluid level is correct.See page 290 for additional information.

Engine oil levelCheck the level on the dipstick with theengine turned off and the vehicle parkedon level spot. See page 286 for additionalinformation.

Exhaust systemIf you notice any change in the sound ofthe exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, havethe cause located and corrected immedi-ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” onpage 208.)

274

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checkedregularly, e.g. while performing periodicservices, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

LightsMake sure the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzersCheck that all service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheelBe alert for changes in steering condition,such as hard steering or strange noise.

SeatsCheck that all front seat controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. op-erate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in any position. Check that thehead restraint move up and down smooth-ly and that the locks hold securely in anylatched position.

Seat beltsCheck that the seat belt system such asbuckles, retractors and anchors operateproperly and smoothly. Make sure the beltwebbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-aged.

Accelerator pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation anduneven pedal effort or catching.

Brake pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation andthat the pedal has the proper clearance.Check the brake booster function.

BrakesIn a safe place, check that the brakes donot pull to one side when applied.

Parking brakeCheck that the pedal has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performedfrom time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Fluid leaksCheck underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-ter or other fluid after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. If you smell fuelfumes or notice any leak, have the causefound and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hoodCheck that all doors and trunk operatesmoothly and all latches lock securely.Make sure the engine hood secondarylatch secures the hood from opening whenthe primary latch is released.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure with a gauge ev-ery two weeks, or at least once amonth. See page 291 for additionalinformation.

275

Tire surface and wheel nutsCheck the tires carefully for cuts,damage or excessive wear. See Sec-tion 8−2 for additional information.When checking the tires, make sureno nuts are missing, and check thenuts for looseness. Tighten them ifnecessary.Tire rotationRotate the tires according to themaintenance schedule. (For sched-uled maintenance information, pleaserefer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.) See page 295 for additionalinformation.

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-mance, sounds, and visual tip−offs thatindicate service is needed. Some impor-tant clues are as follows:

! Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

! Appreciable loss of power

! Strange engine noises

! A fluid leak under the vehicle (however,water dripping from the air conditioningafter use is normal.)

! Change in exhaust sound (This mayindicate a dangerous carbon monoxideleak. Drive with the windows open andhave the exhaust system checked im-mediately.)

! Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squealwhen cornering; uneven tire wear

! Vehicle pulls to one side when drivingstraight on a level road

! Strange noises related to suspensionmovement

! Loss of brake effectiveness; spongyfeeling brake pedal; pedal almosttouches floor; vehicle pulls to one sidewhen braking

! Coolant temperature continually higherthan normal

If you notice any of these clues, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. It probably needs adjustment orrepair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-hicle unchecked. It could result in se-rious vehicle damage and possiblypersonal injury.

Does your vehicle need repairing?

276

Some states have vehicle emission in-spection programs which include OBD(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operationof the emission control system. When theOBD system determines that a problemexists somewhere in the emission controlsystem, the malfunction indicator lampcomes on. In this case, your vehicle maynot pass the I/M test and need to berepaired. Contact your Toyota dealer toservice the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lampdoes not come on, your vehicle may notpass the I/M test as readiness codeshave not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically setduring ordinary driving. However, when thebattery is disconnected or run down, thecodes are erased. Also, depending onyour driving habits, the codes may not becompletely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp hadcome on recently due to temporary mal-function such as a loose fuel tank cap,your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips, but theerror code in the OBD system will not becleared unless about 40 trips or more aretaken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M testand the malfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on, contact your Toyota dealerto prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

Emissions inspection andmaintenance (I/M) programs

277

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEIntroductionEngine compartment overview 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 279. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do−it−yourself service precautions 280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning the jack 282. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts and tools 283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8– 1

278

Engine compartment overview

1. Windshield washer fluid tank

2. Brake fluid reservoir

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Engine coolant reservoir

5. Inverter reservoir tank

6. Fuse block

7. Radiator and condenser

8. Engine oil level dipstick

9. Auxiliary battery

81p001g

279

81p002c

81p003b

81p005b

81p006c

Fuse locations

280

If you perform maintenance by yourself,be sure to follow the correct proceduregiven in this Section.

You should be aware that improper or in-complete servicing may result in operatingproblems.

Performing do−it−yourself maintenanceduring the warranty period may affect yourwarranty coverage. Read the separateToyota Warranty statement for details andsuggestions.

This Section gives instructions only forthose items that are relatively easy for anowner to perform. As explained in Section7, there are still a number of items thatmust be done by a qualified technicianwith special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do−it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts andtools” on page 283.

Utmost care should be taken when work-ing on your vehicle to prevent accidentalinjury. Here are a few precautions thatyou should be especially careful to ob-serve:

CAUTION

! When the hybrid system is on, keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom the moving fan and enginedrive belts. (Removing rings,watches, and ties is advisable.)

! Right after driving, the enginecompartment—the engine, radiator,exhaust manifold and spark plugboots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-ful not to touch them. Oil, fluidsand spark plugs may also be hot.

! If the hybrid system is hot, do notremove the radiator cap or loosenthe drain plugs to prevent burningyourself.

! Do not leave anything that mayburn easily, such as paper or rags,in the engine compartment.

! Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames around fuel or thebatteries. Their fumes are flam-mable.

! When the hybrid system is operat-ing with the “READY” light on, theengine is automatically started insome case. When you inspect theengine compartment, be sure topress the “POWER” switch to the“OFF” mode.

! Do not get under your vehicle withjust the body jack supporting it. Al-ways use automotive jack stands orother solid supports.

! Be sure that the hybrid system isin the “OFF” mode if you work nearthe electric cooling fans or radiatorgrille. With the ignition on, theelectric cooling fans will automati-cally start to run if the engine cool-ant temperature is high and/or theair conditioning is on.

! Use eye protection whenever youwork on or under your vehiclewhere you may be exposed to fly-ing or falling material, fluid spray,etc.

! Be extremely cautious when work-ing on the batteries. It contains poi-sonous and corrosive sulfuric acidor strong alkali.

Do−it−yourself serviceprecautions

281

! Used engine oil contains potentiallyharmful contaminants which maycause skin disorders such as in-flammation or skin cancer, so careshould be taken to avoid prolongedand repeated contact with it. To re-move used engine oil from yourskin, wash thoroughly with soapand water.

! Do not leave used oil within thereach of children.

! Dispose of used oil and filter onlyin a safe and acceptable manner.Do not dispose of used oil and fil-ter in household trash, in sewers oronto the ground. Call your dealerfor information concerning recyclingor disposal.

! Take care when filling the brakefluid reservoir because brake fluidcan harm your eyes and damagepainted surfaces. If fluid gets inyour eyes, flush your eyes withclean water immediately. If you stillfeel uncomfortable with your eyes,go to the doctor.

! When servicing the vehicle with thesmart entry and start system, besure to keep the smart key awayfrom the vehicle. If the key is leftin the vehicle, the hybrid systemmay start by pressing the “POWER”switch with the brake pedal de-pressed.

NOTICE

! Remember that batteries and igni-tion cable carry high currents orvoltages. Be careful of accidentallycausing a short circuit.

! Add only “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality eth-ylene glycol based non−silicate,non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−bo-rate coolant with long−life hybridorganic acid technology to fill theradiator. “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% cool-ant and 50% deionized water (forthe U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%deionized water (for Canada).

! If you spill some of the coolant, besure to wash it off with water toprevent it from damaging the partsor paint.

! Do not allow dirt or anything elseto fall through the spark plug holes.

! Do not pry the outer electrode ofspark plug against the center elec-trode.

! Use only spark plugs of the speci-fied type. Using other types willcause engine damage, loss of per-formance or radio noise.

! If you spill the fluid, be sure towash it off with water to prevent itfrom damaging the parts or paint.

! Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed, or excessive enginewear could result. Also backfiringcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

! Be careful not to scratch the glasssurface with the wiper frame.

! When closing the hood, check tosee that you have not forgotten anytools, rags, etc.

282

Positioning the jack

81p008d

Front

81p009d

Rear

When jacking up your vehicle with thejack, position the jack correctly asshown in the illustrations.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe thefollowing to reduce the possibility ofpersonal injury:

! Follow jacking instructions.

! Do not put any part of your bodyunder the vehicle supported by thejack. Personal injury may occur.

! Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by thejack.

! Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parking brakeand put the transaxle in “P”.

! Make sure to set the jack properlyin the jack point. Raising the ve-hicle with jack improperly posi-tioned will damage the vehicle ormay allow the vehicle to fall off thejack and cause personal injury.

! Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by the jackalone.

! Do not raise the vehicle with some-one in the vehicle.

! When raising the vehicle, do notplace any objects on top of or un-derneath the jack.

NOTICE

Make sure to place the jack correctly,or your vehicle may be damaged.

283

Parts and toolsHere is a list of parts and tools you willneed to perform do−it−yourself mainte-nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-signed in metric sizes, so your tools mustbe metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

! Engine oil API grade SL “Energy−Con-serving” or ILSAC multigrade havingviscosity proper for your climate

Tools:

! Rag or paper towel

! Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE COOLANT LEVEL


! “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” orsimilar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−ni-trite, and non−borate coolant with long−life hybrid organic acid technology.

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is amixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-ized water (for the U.S.A.) or 55%coolant and 45% deionized water (forCanada).

Tools:

! Funnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID


! SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3brake fluid

Tools:

! Rag or paper towel

! Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING AUXILIARY BATTERY CON-DITION

Tools:

! Warm water

! Baking soda

! Grease

! Conventional wrench (for terminalclamp bolts)

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

! Fuse with same amperage rating asoriginal

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

! Water

! Washer fluid containing antifreeze (forwinter use)

Tools:

! Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

! Bulb with same number and wattagerating as original (See charts in “Re-placing light bulbs–” on page 304.)

Tools:

! Screwdriver

284

285

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and ChassisChecking the engine oil level 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the coolant level 288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and condenser 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking tire inflation pressure 291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing tires 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing snow tires and chains 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 297. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 298. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8– 2

286

82p001a

Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

With the hybrid system at operatingtemperature and turned off, check theoil level on the dipstick.

1. To get a correct reading, the vehicleshould be on a level ground. After turn-ing off the hybrid system, wait a fewminutes for the oil to drain back intothe bottom of the engine.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold the rag un-der the end and wipe it clean.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel while holding a rag under theend.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-haust manifold.

NOTICE

Be careful not to drop engine oil onthe vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level, add engine oil ofthe same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick. We recommend that you usea funnel when adding oil.

The approximate quantity of oil needed toraise the level between low and full on thedipstick is indicated below for reference.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand−tight.

Oil quantity, L (qt., Imp.qt.): 1.5 (1.6, 1.3)

NOTICE

! Be careful not to spill engine oil onthe vehicle components.

! Avoid overfilling, or the hybrid sys-tem could be damaged.

! Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

Checking the engine oil level

287

ENGINE OIL SELECTION

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade and viscos-ity.

Oil grade:

API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” orILSAC multigrade engine oil.

Recommended viscosity:SAE 5W−30

oil008

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice, for goodfuel economy, and good starting in coldweather.

If SAE 5W−30 oil is not available, SAE10W−30 oil may be used. However, itshould be replaced with SAE 5W−30 atthe next oil change.

82P103

API service symbol

ILSAC certification mark

288

Oil identification marks

Either or both API registered marks areadded to some oil containers to helpyou select the oil you should use.

The API Service Symbol is located any-where on the outside of the container.

The top portion of the label shows the oilquality by API (American Petroleum Insti-tute) designations such as SL. The centerportion of the label shows the SAE viscos-ity grade such as SAE 5W−30. “Energy−Conserving” shown in the lower portion,indicates that the oil has fuel−saving ca-pabilities.

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is displayed on the front ofthe container.

To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-mance for your engine, “Toyota GenuineMotor Oil” is available, which has beenspecifically tested and approved for allToyota engines.Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details about “Toyota Genuine MotorOil”.

CAUTION

The coolant heat storage tank reacheshigh temperature inside. It is danger-ous if hot coolant is discharged whenreplacing. For replacement of thecoolant, contact your Toyota dealer.

Look at the see−through coolant reser-voir when the hybrid system is cold.The coolant level is satisfactory if it isbetween the “FULL” and “LOW” lineson the reservoir. If the level is low, addthe coolant. (For the coolant type, see“Coolant type selection” described be-low.)

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith hybrid system temperature. However,if the level is on or below the “LOW” line,add coolant. Bring the level up to the“FULL” line.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, radiator cap and draincock and water pump.

Checking the coolant level

289

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the radiator cap when the en-gine is hot.

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour cooling system.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,and non−borate coolant with long−lifehybrid organic acid technology. (Coolantwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and50% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −35!C(−31!F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and45% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −42!C(−44!F).

NOTICE


Toyota recommends “Toyota Super LongLife Coolant”, which has been tested toensure that it will not cause corrosion norresult in malfunction of your coolant sys-tem with proper usage. “Toyota SuperLong Life Coolant” is formulated withlong−life hybrid organic acid technologyand has been specifically designed toavoid cooling system malfunction onToyota vehicles.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details.

290

If any of the above parts are extremelydirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, be care-ful not to touch the radiator or con-denser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiatorand condenser, do not perform thework by yourself.

Checking brake fluid

82p002b

To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see−through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear orwhen the fluid level in the accumulator ishigh.

If the reservoir needs frequent refueling,it may indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No. 116 DOT 3 brake fluid tothe brake reservoir.

Refilling brake fluid:

1. Turn the hybrid system off.

2. Depress the brake pedal more than 40times.

3. Remove the reservoir cap by hand.Add brake fluid up to the “MAX” line.

If you do not follow the procedure above,the reservoir may overflow.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the reservoirbecause brake fluid can harm yourhands or eyes. If fluid gets on yourhands or in your eyes, flush the af-fected area with clean water immedi-ately. If you still feel uncomfortablewith your hands or eyes, go to thedoctor.

Checking the radiator andcondenser

291

NOTICE

If you spill the fluid, be sure to wipeit off to prevent it from damaging theparts or painting.

82p105

Keep your tire inflation pressuresat the proper level.The recommended cold tire inflationpressures, tire sizes and the com-bined weight of occupants and cargo(vehicle capacity weight) are de-scribed on pages 312 and 315. Theyare also described on the tire andloading information label as shown.You should check the tire inflationpressure every two weeks, or at leastonce a month. And do not forget thespare!The following instructions forchecking tire inflation pressureshould be observed:" The pressure should be

checked only when the tires arecold. If your vehicle has beenparked for at least 3 hours and hasnot been driven for more than 1.5km or 1 mile since, you will getan accurate cold tire inflation pres-sure reading.

Checking tire inflationpressure

292

" Always use a tire inflation pres-sure gauge. The appearance ofa tire can be misleading. Besides,tire inflation pressures that areeven just a few pounds off can de-grade ride and handling.

" Take special care when addingair to the compact spare tire.The smaller tire size can gainpressure very quickly. Add com-pressed air in small quantities andcheck the pressure often until itreaches the specified pressure.

" Do not bleed or reduce tireinflation pressure after driving.It is normal for the tire inflationpressure to be higher after driving.

" Never exceed the vehicle capac-ity weight. Passenger and lug-gage weight should be located sothat the vehicle is balanced.

Tire inflation pressure gauge

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTPROCEDURE1. Remove the tire valve cap.2. Press the tip of the tire inflation

pressure gauge to the tire valve.3. Read the pressure using the grad-

uations of the gauge.4. In case the tire inflation pressure

is not within the prescribed range,insert the compressed air from thevalve. In case of applying too muchair, press the center of the valveand release the air to adjust.

5. After completing the tire inflationpressure measurement and adjust-ment, apply soapy water to thevalve and check for leakage.

6. Install the tire valve cap.If a gauge and air pump are not avail-able, have your vehicle checked byyour Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to reinstall the tire valvecaps. Without the valve caps, dirtor moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage.If the caps have been lost, havenew ones put on as soon as pos-sible.

Incorrect tire inflation pressuremay waste fuel, reduce the comfortof driving, reduce tire life andmake your vehicle less safe todrive.If a tire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by your Toyota deal-er.

293

CAUTION

Keep your tires properly inflated.Otherwise, the following condi-tions may occur and cause an ac-cident resulting in death or seri-ous injuries.Low tire pressure (underinfla-tion)—" Excessive wear" Uneven wear" Poor handling" Possibility of blowouts from an

overheated tire" Poor sealing of the tire bead" Wheel deformation and/or tire

separation" A greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

High tire pressure (overinfla-tion)—" Poor handling" Excessive wear" Uneven wear" A greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRESCheck the tire’s tread for treadwear indicators. If the indicatorsshow, replace the tires. The loca-tion of tread wear indicators isshown by the “TWI” or “∆” marks,etc., molded on the sidewall ofeach tire.

Checking and replacing tires

294

The tires on your Toyota have built−intread wear indicators to help youknow when the tires need replace-ment. When the tread depth wears to1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indica-tors will appear. If you can see theindicators in two or more adjacentgrooves, the tire should be replaced.The lower the tread, the higher therisk of skidding.The effectiveness of snow tires islost if the tread wears down below4 mm (0.16 in.).If you have tire damage such ascuts, splits, cracks deep enough toexpose the fabric, or bulges indi-cating internal damage, the tireshould be replaced.If a tire often goes flat or cannot beproperly repaired due to the size orlocation of a cut or other damage, itshould be replaced. If you are notsure, consult with your Toyota dealer.

If air loss occurs while driving, do notcontinue driving. Driving even a shortdistance can damage a tire beyondrepair.Any tires which are over 6 yearsold must be checked by a qualifiedtechnician even if damage is notobvious.Tires deteriorate with age even if theyhave never or seldom been used.This applies also to the spare tire andtires stored for future use.

REPLACING YOUR TIRESWhen replacing a tire, use a tire ofthe same size and construction,and the same or greater load ca-pacity as the originally installedtires.Using any other size or type of tiremay seriously affect handling, ride,speedometer/odometer calibration,ground clearance, and clearance be-tween the body and tires or snowchains.Check that the maximum load of thereplaced tire is greater than 1/2 of theGross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)of either the front axle or the rearaxle, whichever is greater. As for themaximum load of the tire, see the loadlimit at maximum cold tire inflationpressure mentioned on the sidewallof the tire, and as for the Gross AxleWeight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-tification Label. For details about thesidewall of the tire and the Certifica-tion Label, see pages 218 and 216.

295

CAUTION

Observe the following instruc-tions. Otherwise, an accidentmay occur resulting in death orserious injuries." Do not mix radial, bias belted,

or bias−ply tires on your ve-hicle, as this may cause dan-gerous handling characteris-tics resulting in loss of control.

" Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s recommendedsize, as this may cause danger-ous handling characteristicsresulting in loss of control.

Toyota recommends all four tires,or at least both front or rear tiresbe replaced at a time as a set.See “If you have a flat tire” on page247 for tire change procedure.

When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-hicle handling and tire life. Wheelscan get out of balance with regularuse and should therefore be balancedoccasionally.When replacing a tubeless tire, theair valve should also be replacedwith a new one.

82p104a

To equalize tire wear and help ex-tend tire life, Toyota recommendsthat you rotate your tires accord-ing to the maintenance schedule.(For scheduled maintenance infor-mation, please refer to the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-er’s Manual Supplement”.)However, the most appropriate tim-ing for tire rotation may vary ac-cording to your driving habits androad surface conditions.The wheel assemblies must be ro-tated as illustrated above.

Rotating tires

296

When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire infla-tion pressure, improper wheel align-ment, out−of−balance wheels, or se-vere braking.

CAUTION

Do not include a compact sparetire when rotating the tires. It isdesigned for temporary use only.

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select tires ofthe same size, construction and loadcapacity as the originally installed tires.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

CAUTION

Do not use snow tires other than themanufacturer’s recommended size, asthis may cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol. Otherwise, an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the front wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you shouldstore them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sureto install them in the same direction whenreplacing.

CAUTION

" Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

" Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

Installing snow tires andchains

297

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains of correct size.

Regulations regarding the use of tirechains vary according to location ortype of road, so always check local reg-ulations before installing chains.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the rear tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5 − 1.0 km (1/4 −1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will bescratched by the chain band, so removethe covers before putting on the chains.

CAUTION

" Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

" Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

" Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

" When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

NOTICE

Do not attempt to use a tire chain onthe compact spare tire, as it may re-sult in damage to the vehicle as wellas the tire.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,the tire may slip off the wheel or causeloss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

This must be observed on compact sparetire, too.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Replacing wheels

298

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

" When installing aluminum wheels,check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first 1600km (1000 miles).

" If you have rotated, repaired, orchanged your tires, check that thewheel nuts are still tight after driving1600 km (1000 miles).

" When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

" Use only Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

" When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

" As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

Aluminum wheel precautions

299

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEElectrical componentsChecking auxiliary battery condition 300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary battery recharging precautionss 302. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing fuses 302. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding washer fluid 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing light bulbs 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8– 3

300

CAUTION

AUXILIARY BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

When the auxiliary battery must bereplaced, use the Prius designatedbattery.

The auxiliary battery produces flam-mable and explosive hydrogen gas.

! Do not cause a spark from the bat-tery with tools.

! Do not smoke or light a match nearthe battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonousand corrosive sulfuric acid.

! Avoid contact with eyes, skin orclothes.

! Never ingest electrolyte.

! Wear protective safety glasses whenworking near the battery.

! Keep children away from the bat-tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

! If electrolyte gets in your eyes,flush your eyes with clean waterand get immediate medical atten-tion. If possible, continue to applywater with a sponge or cloth whileen route to the medical office.

! If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact area. Ifyou feel pain or burn, get medicalattention immediately.

! If electrolyte gets on your clothes,there is a possibility of its soakingthrough to your skin, so immediate-ly take off the exposed clothing andfollow the procedure above, if nec-essary.

! If you accidentally swallow electro-lyte, drink a large quantity of wateror milk. Follow with milk of magne-sia, beaten raw egg or vegetableoil. Then go immediately for emer-gency help.

83p035

Open the back door. Remove the lug-gage storage box and auxiliary batterycover.

If the back door does not open, see “Ifyou cannot operate back door opener” onpage 262.

Checking auxiliary batterycondition——Precautions

—Checking auxiliary batteryexterior

301

83p001c

Terminals

Ground cableHold−down clamp

Check the battery for corroded or looseterminal connections, cracks, or loosehold−down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it offwith a solution of warm water and bak-ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-nals with grease to prevent further cor-rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,tighten their clamp nuts—but do notovertighten.

c. Tighten the hold−down clamp onlyenough to keep the battery firmly inplace. Overtightening may damage thebattery case.

NOTICE

! Be sure the hybrid system and allaccessories are off before perform-ing maintenance.

! When checking the battery, removethe ground cable from the negativeterminal (“–” mark) first and rein-stall it last.

! Be careful not to cause a short cir-cuit with tools.

! Take care no solution gets into thebattery when washing it.

If the auxiliary battery is disconnectedor run down, the power window and backdoor may not operate automatically andthe jam protection function will not func-tion correctly and does not open the backdoor after you reconnect, replace or re-charge the battery. In any of these cases,you should normalize each system. Tonormalize them, see “Power windows” onpage 42 and “Back door” on page 41.

Before you disconnect the auxiliary bat-tery, confirm the shift position is “P” andapply the parking brake completely.

After you reconnect the auxiliary battery,shift the shift lever to “N” and confirm theshift position is “N” when the “IG−ON”mode is enabled.

After connecting the cables, the hybridsystem may not start by pushing the“POWER” switch. In that case, push itonce again.

302

During recharging, the battery is pro-ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installedon the vehicle, be sure to disconnectthe ground cable.

2. Make sure the power switch on therecharger is off when connecting thecharger cables to the battery and whendisconnecting them.

CAUTION

! Always charge the battery in an un-confined area. Do not charge thebattery in a garage or closed roomwhere there is not sufficient ventila-tion.

! Only do a slow charge (3.5A orless). Charging at a quicker rate isdangerous. The battery may ex-plode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery with thehybrid system on. Also, be sure allaccessories are turned off.

83p003

Type A

Type B

Type C

Good Blown

Good Blown

Good Blown

Auxiliary battery rechargingprecautions Checking and replacing fuses

303

83p004b

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work, check thefuses. If any of the fuses are blown,they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” on page 279 forlocations of the fuses.

Turn the hybrid system and inoperativecomponent off. Pull the suspected fusestraight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing theproblem. The lid of the fuse box showsthe name of the circuit for each fuse. Seepage 316 for the functions controlled byeach circuit.

Type A fuses can be pulled out by thepull−out tool. The location of the pull−outtool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse hasblown, try replacing the suspected fusewith one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuseinto the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in anemergency you can pull out the “DOME”or “OBDII” fuse, which may be dispens-able for normal driving, and use it if itsamperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-age, use one that is lower, but as closeto the rating as possible. If the amperageis lower than that specified, the fusemight blow out again. but this does notindicate anything wrong. Be sure to getthe correct fuse as soon as possible andreturn the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set ofspare fuses and keep them in your ve-hicle for emergencies.

If the new fuse immediately blows out,there is a problem with the electrical sys-tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it assoon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-perage rating, or any other object, inplace of a fuse. This may cause ex-tensive damage and possibly a fire.

304

If any washer does not work, the wash-er tank may be empty. Add washerfluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.However, in cold areas where tempera-tures range below the freezing point, usewasher fluid containing antifreeze. Thisproduct is available at your Toyota dealerand most auto parts stores. Follow themanufacturer’s directions for how much tomix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

The following illustrations show how togain access to the bulbs. When replacinga bulb, make sure the hybrid system andlight switch are off. Use bulbs with thewattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

! To prevent burning yourself, do notreplace the light bulbs while theyare hot.

! Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and require special handling.They can burst or shatter ifscratched or dropped. Hold a bulbonly by its plastic or metal case.Do not touch the glass part of abulb with bare hands.

Vehicles with discharge headlights—

! Do not touch the high voltage sock-et when the headlight turns on.20000 V is momentarily generatedand may cause severe injury byelectric shock.

! Do not disassemble, repair or takeapart the headlight bulbs, connec-tor, power supply circuits and ro-tate components. Or you may beinjured by electric shocks. Call yourdealer when the headlights fail towork or have to be replaced or dis-posed of.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

The inside of the lens of exterior lightssuch as headlights may temporarily fog upwhen the lense becomes wet in the rainor in a car wash. This is not a problembecause the fogging is caused by thetemperature difference between the outsideand inside of the lense, just like thewindshield fogs up in the rain. However, ifthere is a large drop of water on theinside of the lense, or if there is waterpooled inside the light, contact yourToyota dealer.

Adding washer fluid Replacing light bulbs—

305

Light bulbs BulbNo. W Type

Headlights

Discharge headlights

Halogen headlights

—

—

35

60/55

A

B

Front fog lights 9006 51 C

Parking lights — 5 D

Front turn signallights — 21 D

Rear turn signal lights — 21 D

Tail lights — 5 D

Back−up lights 7440 21 D

License plate lights — 5 D

Interior lights — 8 E

Personal lights — 5 D

Door courtesy lights — 5 D

Vanity lights — 5 E

Luggage c ompar t-ment light — 5 E

A: D2R Discharge bulbs

B: HB2 Halogen bulbs

C: HB4 Halogen bulbs

D: Wedge base bulbs

E: Double end bulbs

—Headlights

83p030

1. Open the hood. Remove the clipsand take out the cover.

Remove and install the clips as shown inthe following illustrations.

83p031

Removing clip

83p032

Installing clip

306

83p010a

2. RIGHT−HAND HEADLIGHT ONLY: Re-move the clip and take out the aircleaner inlet.

Remove and install the clip as shown inthe following illustrations.

83p011

Removing clip

83p012

Installing clip

83p013a

3. Unplug the connector. Turn the bulbcover counter−clockwise and removeit.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

307

83p014a

4. Release the bulb retaining springand remove the bulb along with thesocket. Install a new bulb into thesocket and return the bulb retainingspring to its original position.

To install a bulb, align the tabs of thebulb with the cutout of the mounting hole.

83p015b

5. Install the bulb cover and turn itclockwise. Plug in the connector.

If either the left or right front fog lightsburns out, contact your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the front foglight bulbs by yourself. You may dam-age the vehicle.

—Front fog lights

308

—Parking lights

83p016a

83p017a

83p018a

83p019b

83p023a

83p024b

—Front turn signal lights—Rear turn signal, tail andback−up lights

309

83p025c

a: Rear turn signal lightb: Back−up lightc: Tail light

83p026b

Remove the cover.

83p027a

83p028b

—License plate lights

310

311

SPECIFICATIONSDimensions and weight 312. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric motor 312. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enginee 312. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hybrid vehicle battery 313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service specifications 313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tires 315. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuses 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 9

312

Overall length mm (in.) 4445 (175.0)

Overall width mm (in.) 1725 (67.9)

Overall height mm (in.) 1500 (59.1)*

Wheelbase mm (in.) 2700 (106.3)

Front tread mm (in.) 1505 (59.3)

Rear tread mm (in.) 1480 (58.3)

Vehicle capacity weight(occupants + luggage)

kg (lb.) 385 (845)

*: Unladen vehicle

Electric motorType: Permanent magnet synchronous

motor (water cooling)

Maximum output:50/1200 − 1540 kW/rpm

Maximum torque:400/0 − 1200 N·m/rpm

Model: 1NZ−FXE

Type: 4−cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):75.0 x 84.7 (2.95 x 3.33)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):1497 (91.4)

Dimensions and weight Engine

313

Fuel type:Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., lmp.gal.):45 (11.9, 9.9)

Hybrid vehicle batteryType: Nickel−Metal hydride battery

Voltage: 7.2 V

Capacity: 6.5 Ah (3HR)

Quantity: 28

Overall voltage: 201.6 V

Service specificationsENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):Intake 0.17 − 0.23 (0.007 − 0.009)Exhaust 0.27 − 0.33 (0.011 − 0.013)

Spark plug type:DENSO SK16R11NGK IFR5A11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):1.1 (0.043)

Fuel

314

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,lmp.qt.):

With filter 3.7 (3.9, 3.3)Without filter 3.4 (3.6, 3.0)

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in yourToyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved “ToyotaGenuine Motor Oil” or equivalent to satisfy thefollowing grade and viscosity.

Oil grade:

API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” orILSAC multigrade engine oil.

Recommended oil viscosity:

SAE 5W−30

oil008

Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for furtherdetails.

COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp.qt.):For gasoline engine 8.6 (9.0, 7.5)For electric motor and inverter and converter 2.7 (2.9, 2.4)

Coolant type:“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” isused in your Toyota vehicle at factoryfill. In order to avoid technical prob-lems, only use “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality ethyl-ene glycol based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−boratecoolant with long−life hybrid organicacid technology. (Coolant with long−lifehybrid organic acid technology is acombination of low phosphates and or-ganic acids.)


Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

315

AUXILIARY BATTERY

Open voltage at 20!C (68!F):12.6 − 12.8 V Fully charged12.2 − 12.4 V Half charged11.5 − 11.9 V Discharged

[Voltage that is checked 20 minutes afterthe key is removed with all the lightsturned off]

Charging rates: 3.5 A max.

HYBRID TRANSAXLE

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.qt.):

3.6 (3.8, 3.2)

Fluid type: “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” or equivalent

Please contact your Toyota dealer for furtherdetails.

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressedwith the force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf)with the traction motor running, mm (in.):

101.0 (3.98)

Pedal free play, mm (in.):1 − 4 (0.04 − 0.16)

Parking brake adjustment when depressedwith the force of 294 N (30 kgf, 66 lbf):

6 − 9 clicks

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play:Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

TiresTire size and inflation pressure:

Tire size kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)Standard

Front P185/65R15 86S 240 (2.4, 35)

Rear P185/65R15 86S230 (2.3, 33)

SpareT125/70D16 96M

420 (4.2, 60)

Wheel size:Standard 15 x 6JJSpare 16 x 4T

Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m,ft·lbf):

103 (10.5, 76)

NOTE: For a complete informationon tires (e.g. replacing tiresor replacing wheels), see“Checking tire inflation pres-sure” through “Aluminumwheel precautions”, page291 through 298.

316

90p007b

Instrument panel

1. PWR 30 A: Power windows

2. DEF 40 A: Rear window defogger

3. M/HTR 15 A: Outside rear view mirrorheater

4. WIP 30 A: Windshield wiper

5. RR WIP 15 A: Rear wiper

6. WSH 20 A: Washer

7. ECU−IG 7.5 A: Smart entry and startsystem, power windows, multi−informa-tion display, electric power steering,theft deterrent system

90p005b

Engine compartment

8. GAUGE 10 A: Gauge and meter, back−up lights, emergency flasher, powerwindows

9. OBD 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis sys-tem

10. STOP 7.5 A: Stop lights

11. DOOR 25 A: Power door lock system

12. ACC−B 25 A: “POWER OUTLET”,“ACC” fuses

13. ECU−B 15 A: Multi−information display,power windows, air conditioning system

14. AM1 7.5 A: Hybrid system

90p008b

Luggage compartment

15. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, license plateslight, parking lights

16. PANEL 7.5 A: Multi−information dis-play, clock, audio system, instrumentpanel lights

17. A/C (HTR) 10 A: Air conditioning sys-tem

18. FR DOOR 20 A: Power windows

19. PWR OUTLET 15 A: Power outlet

20. ACC 7.5 A: Audio system, multi−infor-mation display, clock

21. PWR OUTLET FR 15 A: Power outlet

Fuses

317

22. IGN 7.5 A: Hybrid system, hybrid ve-hicle immobilizer system, SRS airbags

23. SPARE 30 A: Spare

24. SPARE 15 A: Spare

25. DRL 7.5 A: Daytime running light sys-tem

26. H−LP LO RH 15 A (Vehicles with dis-charged headlight) or 10 A (Vehicleswith halogen headlight): Right−handheadlight (low beam)

27. H−LP LO LH 15 A (Vehicles with dis-charged headlight) or 10 A (Vehicleswith halogen headlight): Left−handheadlight (low beam)

28. H−LP HI RH 10 A: Right−hand head-light (high beam)

29. H−LP HI LH 10 A: Left−hand headlight(high beam)

30. EFI 15 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

31. AM2 15 A: “IGN” fuse, ignition system

32. HORN 10 A: Horn

33. HEV 20 A: Hybrid system

34. P CON MAIN 7.5 A: Parking controlsystem, hybrid vehicle immobilizer sys-tem

35. ABS−1 25 A: Anti−lock brake system

36. ETCS 10 A: Electronic throttle controlsystem

37. BATT FAN 10 A: Battery cooling fan

38. HAZ 10 A: Turn signal lights, emergen-cy flasher

39. DOME 15 A: Audio system, interiorlights, smart entry and start system,gauge and meter, turn signal lights,luggage room light, clock

40. ABS MAIN3 15 A: Anti−lock brake sys-tem



43. FR FOG 15 A: Fog lights

44. CHS W/P 10 A: CHS W/P

45. AMP 30 A: Audio system

46. PTC HTR2 30 A: PTC heater

47. PTC HTR1 30 A: PTC heater

48. CDS FAN 30 A: Electric cooling fan

49. DC/DS−S 5 A: Inverter and converter

50. MAIN 120 A: Hybrid system

318

319

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.OWNERSReporting safety defects for U.S. owners 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 10

320

If you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause a crashor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad-ministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying Toyota Motor Sales,U.S.A., Inc. (Toll−free:1−800−331−4331).

If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safety de-fect exists in a group of vehicles, itmay order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individual prob-lems between you, your dealer, orToyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may eithercall the Auto Safety Hotline toll−freeat 1−800−424−9393 (or 366−0123in Washington, D.C. area) or writeto: NHTSA, U.S. Department ofTransportation, Washington, D.C.20590. You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from the Hotline.

Reporting safety defects forU.S. owners

Documents

Important information about this manual - Amazon S3Pull your vehicle off the road, push the “P” posi-tion switch, stop the hybrid system and if the key is inserted into key slot,